The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About47699-Z �Og�FF04G Town of Southold 11/30/2023 y� P.O.Box 1179 o _ : 53095 Main Rd Southold,New York 11971 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY No: 44787 Date: 11/30/2023 THIS CERTIFIES that the building SOLAR PANEL Location of Property: 610 Jacksons Landing,Mattituck SCTM#: 473889 Sec/Block/Lot: 113.4-8 Subdivision: Filed Map No. Lot No. conforms substantially to the Application for Building Permit heretofore filed in this office dated 2/16/2022 pursuant to which Building Permit No. 47699 dated 4/19/2022 was issued,and conforms to all of the requirements of the applicable provisions of the law. The occupancy for which this certificate is issued is: Roof-mounted solar panels and batter s� torage back up system to an existing one family dwelling as applied for The certificate is issued to Toscano,Caroline of the aforesaid building. SUFFOLK COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH APPROVAL ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATE NO. 47699 04/18/2023 PLUMBERS CERTIFICATION DATED Aut ized Sign e J gUfFQ(,�� TOWN OF SOUTHOLD BUILDING DEPARTMENT y i TOWN CLERK'S OFFICE SOUTHOLD, NY BUILDING PERMIT (THIS PERMIT MUST BE KEPT ON THE PREMISES WITH ONE SET OF APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS UNTIL FULL COMPLETION OF THE WORK AUTHORIZED) Permit #: 47699 Date: 4/19/2022 Permission is hereby granted to: Toscano, Caroline 610 Jacksons Lndg Mattituck, NY 11952 To: install roof-mounted solar panels to existing single-family dwelling as applied for. AMENDED 11/29/22 for the installation of a Generac M6 18 kWh Battery Backup System as applied for. At premises located at: 610 Jacksons Landing, Mattituck SCTM # 473889 Sec/Block/Lot# 113.4-8 Pursuant to application dated 2/16/2022 and approved by the Building Inspector. To\expire on 10/19/2023. Fees: SOLAR PANELS $50.00 ELECTRIC $100.00 CO-ALTERATION TO DWELLING $50.00 Total: $200.00 Bui ing Inspector pF SO�ryQlo Town Hall Annex Telephone(631)765-1802 54375 Main Road P.O.Box 1179 Q sean.devlina-town.southold.ny.us Southold,NY 11971-0959 Q a �ycOUM�`II,N BUILDING DEPARTMENT TOWN OF SOUTHOLD CERTIFICATE OF ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE SITE LOCATION Issued To: Caroline Toscano Address: 610 Jacksons Landing city:Mattituck, st: NY zip: 11952 Building Permit#: 47699 Section: 113 Block: 4 Lot: 8 WAS EXAMINED AND FOUND TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE Contractor: Electrician: Long Island Solar Solutions License No: 46301 ME SITE DETAILS Office Use Only Residential' X Indoor X Basement Solar X Commerical Outdoor X 1st Floor Battery Storage X. New Renovation 2nd Floor Hot Tub Addition Survey X Attic Garage INVENTORY Service 1 ph X Heat Duplec Recpt Ceiling Fixtures Bath Exhaust Fan Service 3 ph Hot Water GFCI Recpt Wall Fixtures Smoke Detectors Main Panel A/C Condenser Single Recpt Recessed Fixtures CO2 Detectors Sub Panel A/C Blower Range Recpt Ceiling Fan Combo Smoke/CO Transfer Switch UC Lights Dryer Recpt Emergency Strobe Heat Detectors 1 Disconnect 100A Switches 4'LED Exit Fixtures 11 Sump Pump Other Equipment: 12.8kW Roof Mounted PV Solar Energy System w/ (32) Hanwha qpeak duo Modules AC Disconnect, Inverter 2, Generac Powercell M6 18kW Notes: Solar & Battery Storage Inspector Signature: Date: April 18, 2023 S. Devlin-Cert Electrical Compliance Form q?souryO� -Li-7 J Z,0�1 # # TOWN OF SOUTHOLD BUILDING DEPT. °`ycouMVN�' 631-765-1802 INSPECTION [ ] FOUNDATION 1ST [ ] ROUGH PLBG. [ ] FOUNDATION 2ND [ ] INSULATION/CAULKING [ ] FRAMING /STRAPPING [ ] FINAL [ ] FIREPLACE & CHIMNEY [ ] FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION [ ] FIRE RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION [ ] FIRE RESISTANT PENETRATION [ ] ELECTRICAL (ROUGH) ['�]')ELECTRICAL (FINAL) [ ] CODE VIOLATION [ ]' PRE C/O [ ] RENTAL REMARKS: A DATE I' Z INSPECTOR J uF souTyo� 4 7 Cv,q # TOWN OF SOUTHOLD BUILDING DEPT. �ycouMv, 631-765-1802 INSPECTION [ ] FOUNDATION 1ST [ ] ROUGH PLBG. [ ] FOUNDATION 2ND [ ] INSULATION/CAULKING [ ] FRAMING /STRAPPING [ ] FINAL [ ] FIREPLACE & CHIMNEY [ ] FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION [ ] FIRE RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION [ ] FIRE RESISTANT PENETRATION [ ] ELECTRICAL (ROUGH) P4PELECTRICAL (FINAL) [ ] CODE VIOLATION [ ] PRE C/O [ ] RENTAL REMARKS: DATE INSPECTOR qf SOpTyo� # # TOWN OF SOUTHOLD BUILDING DEPT. co 631-765-1802 INSPECTION [ ] FOUNDATION 1ST [ ] ROUGH PLBG. [ ] FOUNDATION 2ND [ ] INSULATION/CAULKING [ ] FRAMING /STRAPPING [ FINAL [ ] FIREPLACE & CHIMNEY [ ] FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION [ ] FIRE RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION [ ] FIRE RESISTANT PENETRATION [ ] ELECTRICAL (ROUGH) [ ] ELECTRICAL (FINAL) [ ] CODE VIOLATION [ ] PRE C/O [ ] RENTAL REMARKS: sso[azg::� xt— L -� �- DATE 1J- aa- o? INSPECTOR _ �r• fir/ � _� �2+Y��/ -� ��'� '�� rt GEN U1_P GFN c2 ®r, LU LL— Awl z 1 :�t- CAS}OE:SOAR EL ECTRIC M CONNECTED ® 0 CAUTION:SMM CIRCUIT 0 J ` o , fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing. R302.5 Dwelling-garage opening and penetration protection. Openings and penetrations through the walls or ceilings separating the dwelling from the garage shall be in accordance with Sections R302.5.1 through R302.5.3. R302.5.1 Opening protection. Openings from a private garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted. Other openings between the garage and residence shall be equipped with solid wood doors not less than 13/3 inches (35 mm) in thickness. solid or honeycombcore steel doors not less than 131E inches (35 mm) thick, or 20-minute fire-rated doors, equipped with a self-closing or automatic-closing device. R302.5.2 Duct penetration. Ducts in the ,garage and ducts penetrating tine walls ut ceili►iy5 aepdtdtiiiy the dwei7;iiy ilum dic yalcayc shdli be wi76tructed of a No. 26 gage (0.48 mm) sheet steel or other approved material and shall not have openings into the garage. R302.5.3 Other penetrations. Penetrations through the separation required in Section R302.6 shall be protected as required by Section R302.11, Item 4. R302.6 Dwelling-garage fire separation. The garage shall be separated as required by Table R302.6. Openings in garage walls shall comply with Section R302.5. Attachment of gypsum board shall comply with Table R702.3.5. The wall separation provisions of Table R302.6 shall not apply to garage walls that are perpendicular to the adjacent dwelling unit wall. 1 FIELD INSPECTION REPORT DATE COMMENTS FOUNDATION(1ST) � y ------------------------------------ O FOUNDATION (2ND) z 0 G H ROUGH FRAMING& PLUMBING 41, r INSULATION PER N.Y. H STATE ENERGY CODE 5•a a. lou►-- c t l( u 4i (mac R-eo" FINAL ADDITIONAL COMMENTS O- 2 Qpane-, chaf7oelt o Ai 9L--A, * m a c � �o y W z x E� H x t7 �-3 i fret. TOWN OF SOUTHOLD—BUILDING DEPARTMENT N Town Hall Annex 54375 Main Road P. O. Box 1179 Southold,NY 11971-0959 y�o Telephone (631) 765-1802 Fax (631) 765-9502 https://www.southoldtownLiy.gov I Date Received APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT /n or Office Use Only L( PERMIT NO. Building Inspector: Applications and forms must be filled-out in their-entirety:Incomplete. .applications will not be accepted.-Where,the Applicant is not the:owner,an , Owners"Auth'orizaton.forrri(Page 2)shall be completed:; ' Date: '1- ( &-XJ OWNER(S)'OF PR''OPER Ty: Name:/' L _.v. .l.:dL✓r' '.h e .. .,..... -0.! c 5...,........��S,CCI : SC�M# 1000-._......I`-�., 1,-,., ..�c...., . _..__.....__........,..._ Project Address: V V Phone#: �'lb , -AJ-3� 3�, � Email: _ - _ Mailing Address: CONTACT PERSON Name: 04.. � ... ...� ..��.t./?ram .........�. _ � !". . .....Sl.�n.� l� ,. ......,... ..... Mailing Address:... ` ... .. ,? �%.�_ �', .._....._w ....G....,�� i�- C_...._A1 :./! Phone#:'...�Lb.� �5�3.'. �� .... . - _... Email: r' ..- G'_- DESIGN PROFESSIONAL INFORMATION: " Name: Mailing Address: Phone#: Email: _ ......�..__........._..�..��_.. ._7�3...,__..�..��g.�......_._....... .. ..... ... . .1.. .._.��°a✓.�_�_ct7.. ..o.✓l�s.v./o,,�.� .��tv�s_._�..... CONTRACTORS I N FORMATI ON:' !' Name: ..�. . -�S r7/..." .__... .v. .v. -5_... . .'.....v-... _._��^._._._...T.o._ � - Mailing Address: Phone#: ( .- -7 - 99 Em IDESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED_'CONSTRUCTION ` ❑New Structure ❑Addition ❑Alteration ❑Repair ❑Demoliiioq Estimated Cost of Project: �ther S-Q 1Gt-,/ ,per G./S - Will the lot be re-graded? ❑Yeso Will excess fill be removed from premises? ❑Yes ❑No 1 I „�>PROPERTY�INFORMATION” : Existing use of property: Intended use of property: Zone or use district in which premises is situated: Are there any covenants and restrictions with respect to this property? ❑Yes ONO IF YES, PROVIDE A COPY. 0 Check Box After Reading-` n.,.Tfie.owner/contactor/design,professionaLis;re`sponsible forall drainage"and storm.water issues as provided by Chapter 236 ofthe.Town.Code. APPI,ICA fION ISMEREBY MADE to the Building Department for the"issuance of•a Building Permi 'pursuant to the Building Zone Ordinance of tFieTown,of Southold„Suffolk;County,New-York and other applicable Laws,Ordinances or.Regulations,for the construction of buildings, additions,,aiterations or forterioval or'demolition as herefn:`described The applicant agrees to comply;wfth"°all applicable laws,.ordinances;building Bode, housing code and regulationi' d to atlmit authorized inspectors,on premises and in building(s).for necessaryinspections:False statements m"ade Herein are. - punfshable as a Class Amisdemeanor pursuant=to Section 210:45.of the New York State Penal law:° Application Submitted By(print name): /Lt 5 �,.1/L� / MA@thorized Agent ❑Owner � A 1 Signature of Applicant: Date: STATE OF NEW YORK) SS: COUNTY OF ) A4 S being duly sworn, deposes and says that(s)he is the applicant (Name of individual signing ddcontract) Bove named, (S)he is the (Contractor,Agent, Corporate Officer,etc.) of said owner or owners, and is duly authorized to perform or have performed the said work and to make and file this application;that all statements contained in this application are true to the best of his/her knowledge and bellaf;and that the work will be performed in the manner set forth in the application file therewith. Sworn before me this ( day of J� �� ,20—t>-L Notary Public PROPERTY OWNER AUTHORIZATION (Where the applicant is not the owner) %©S tQ-v-o residing at 6 /Z) j aGkS IN-_ LA.-/t,i.rj 01*G�� NIV• do hereby authorize�Ilk to apply on my behalf to the Town of Southold Building Department for approval as described herein. T ' Owner's Signature CHRISTOPHER TR'AMANTANO NOTARY PUBLIC-STATE OF NEW YORK No.01,TR62655¢4 Print Owner's Name Qualified in Nassau County My Commission Expires 10-12-2024 2 Building Department Application AUTHORIZATION (Where the Applicant is not the Owner) I, C&yt /a e- e,Kt--,.;p residing at (Print property owner's name) (Mailing Address) do hereby authorize ev',,, P/&Xf eJc "'Y -6 (Agent) 7 to apply on my behalf to the Southold Building Department. (Owner's Signature) (Date) ToSC (Print Owner's Name) CHRISTOPHER TRAMANTANO NOTARY PUBLIC-STATE OF NEW YORK No.01TR6265544 Qualified in Nassau County My Commission Expires 10-12-2024 Electrical Inspector BUILDING DEPARTMENT TOWN OF SOUTHOLD Tovvn Hall Annex-54375 IMain Road - PO Box 1179 Southold, New York 11971-0959 Telethon© (,631)765-1802 FAX (631)765-9502 mrm- APPLICATION FOR ELECTRICAL INSPF-qTION ELECTRICIAN INFORMATION (All Information Req*ud) Date: Company Name: 5.V/Wn'x Electrician's Name: J M - HIQ""-!2Q 111L License No.: 1&;0 1 - 14 Elec.,email: jaa JV Irl IS)A-,TL Elec. Phone No:T,U 705 - copy of Certificato of Compliance Elec._Address.. 7);;, JOB SITE INFORMATION (All Information Reqiilred) Name: Address: /4.0 A'-;F-Vj,ram "-Vy, Cross Street: Phone No.: 511,,- 3,5'3--S-3L 0 Bldg.Pormit#: -- If/I(L2 q J_ email: Cott ,-he e 6��,Zj Tax Map District: 1000 Section: 13106C Lot BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF WORK, INCLUDE SQUARE FOOTAGE (Please Print Clearly): 6 e Square Footage: Circle All That Apply:Is job ready for inspection?-. YES[D'N'�f00 r -]Rough In Final Do you need a Temp Certificate?: YES Issued On Tamp Information: (Adl informabon roquired) Service SizeMi Ph[—]3 Pin Size: A ft%.eters Old Nletera F —I New ServiceEl Fire Reconnect 0 Flood Reconnect[]Service Reconnect DUnderground E)Ovorlioad #Underground LateralsLjl []2 [] H Frarne Pole 'Nork done on Service? D Y L]N Additional Information: PAYMENT DUE WITH APPLICATION i i i i i' i i i i Suffolk County Dept of tti Labor,Licensing&Consumer Affairs 1 I MASTER ELECTRICAL LICENSE Name ROBERT M HAUBOLD Business Name This certifies that the nearer is duly licensed LONG ISLAND SOLAR SOLUTIONS INC Dy the County of suffolk License Number:MEr46301 Rosalie Drago Issued: 05/29/2009 Commissioner Expires: 05/01/2023 r IT,L Suffolk County Dept of Labor,Licensing$Consumer Affairs HOME IMPROVEMENT LICENSE Name JOHN C TOTTEN Business Name This certifies that the nearer is duly licensed LONG ISLAND SOLAR SOLUTIONS INC :)y the County of suffolk License Number:H-46439 Rosalie Drago Issued: 07/02/2009 Commissioner Expires: 07/01/2023 t 265 Sunrise Hwy Suite 1-173 O Rockville Centre, NY 11570 NIIIIIIIi CMpLet 516-3 infot�completeexpediti nq.ng.co 0 com Wft www.completeexpeditin-g.com wn e itieng blwmma� 1; April 27, 2022 Town of Southold Building Department Town Hall Annex 54375 Main Road PO Box 1179 Southold, NY 11971 Attn: Susan Pontino Re: 610 Jackson Landing-Mattituck Solar Panel Permit#47699—Caroline Toscano Dear Ms. Pontino, We are the Expeditor and represent the homeowner for the above listed address. You emailed us on 4-21-22 requesting the fee of$200.00, enclosed is our check for this fee. Please forward the permit to us once it is issued. If you have any questions or further information is required, please contact us at 516-353-5360. Thank you, Mary Schme' g Complete Expediting (516) 353-5360 inWbcomoleteexoeditina com www.completeexi)editing.com Bunch, Connie From: Alex Del Villar <alex.delvillar@surfcleanenergy.com> Sent: Tuesday, February 14, 2023 10:28 AM To: Bunch, Connie Subject: [SPAM] - Electrical Inspection - 610 Jacksons Landing, Mattituck NY 11952 Good morning Connie, Last week we were informed we needed to send in a photo of a smoke detector and a light installed within the mechanical room for the electrical inspection that took place on behalf of our customer-Thomas Toscano-610 Jacksons Landing, Mattituck NY 11952. In order to get permission from PSEG to energize our customers'systems,we need a copy of the electrical certificate once approved. Please feel free to contact me if the inspector needs anything additionally to have the certificate issued,thank you in advance for your help. Please find the photo attached. <https:Hci3.googleusercontent.com/mail-sig/AlorK4y-T�_HuLMSaaM—B-- jIU9Cu5kyx2N8Fmqwc3A8e6olQw3hjMJAcxEo89pVdrXFEcmJOZvnkUEE> ATTENTION:This email came from an external source. Do not open attachments or click on links from unknown senders or unexpected emails. i 1 p6ad AP R �JED AS NOTED DATE: . B.P.# FEE: . ®D,Ld BY:---4& NOTIFY, BUILDING DEPARTMENT AT ELECTRICAL 76571802 8 AM TO 4 PM FOR THE INSPECTION REQUIRED FOLLOWING INSPECTIONS: I. FOUNDATION - TWO REQUIRED FOR POURED CONCRETE 2. ROUGH - FRAMING & PLUMBING 3. INSULATION 4. FINAL - CONSTRUCTION MUST BE COMPLETE FOR C.O. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL MEET THE c� , n nip G� m�-S� �- REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODES OF NEW �ll �� / YORK STATE. NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ��/Qu-�'S� � 4 DESIGN OR CONSTRUCTION ERRORS. I�CGZ � a,n d re ad, 'l� a cceffi�bl�, COMPLY WITH ALL CODES OF NEW YORK STATE & TOWN CODES AS REQUIRED AND CONDITIONS OF THO!D TOWN ZBA S , ' � BOARD SO '�^ � HI USTEES N.Y.S.DEC OCCUTANCY OR USE IS UNLAWFUL WITHOUT CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY u _ k l r iGoRo s LOAD?Amaysis 0 3000 b Birch Street Suite 201 0 Brea,CA'92821 4� Ph:8 -M-5483 DATE: 07-19-2021 FOR: YSP JOB: Toscano, Caroline 3000 E. Birch St 610 Jackson Landing Suite 201 Mattituck, NY 11952 Brea, CA 92821 USA To Whom It May Concern This letter is to certify that we have performed a structural analysis of the existing roof members that are to support photovoltaic panels, as shown on the attached report. The calculations were performed in accordance with NDS 2018, ASCE 7-16, and 2020 Residential Code of New York State. Our analysis was based on the following design criteria: Ground Snow(psf) 25 psf Sloped Snow(psf), reduced per ASCE, Sect. 7.4 22.66 psf Basic Wind Speed (mph): 135 mph Roof Slope: 25 degrees The PV module orientation: Portrait The maximum horizontal roof mount spacing: 4 ft. The maximum vertical roof mount spacing: 3.305 f'. Staggered roof mounts required? Yes Based on this analysis,we can certify that the individual existing roof framing members that support the PV panels; and the individual roof members as described in the attached report; are adequate to support the design loads as required by the various codes. This includes Dead Loads(including the weight of the PV panels), Live Loads, Snow Loads, and Wind Loads, on the roof members that support the PV panels, combined as required in the codes. If you have any questions on this or need further clarification, please contact us at your convenience. OF NEWy CO s- Sincerely, �`James A.Adams, � S.E. NOTE: 1. Prior to commencement of work, the Solar Installer shall verify that the roof framing sizes, spacing, and spans (between supports), are as noted in these plans. The Engineer of Record must be notified if any discrepancies are discovered, before proceeding. 2. These plans are Stamped for Structural Code compliance of the roof members that support the PV solar system only. 3. These plans are not stamped for rain water leakage prevention. 4.As a precaution, old or wet snow should be removed from the roof, if the snow builds up to 18"or more. t - - Date of Report: 07-19-2021 Job Name: Toscano, Caroline Data Input by: Kevin Nguyen Job Number: TOSCANO, CAROL Contact E-mail: kevin@yoursolarplans.com Job Address: 610 Jackson Landing Contact Phone: 7148721728 Mattituck, NY 11952 ABSTRACT Job Information This Report is based on Engineering calculations Data Input By: Kevin Nguyen using the input data supplied by the user, listed Job Number: TOSCANO, CAROL under Current Input Data.The user input has not Job Name: Toscano, Caroline been independently reviewed by a licensed Job Address: 610 Jackson Landing Professional Engineer for appropriateness or City, State: Mattituck, NY 11952 accuracy, unless Stamped by a P.E. This Report indicates Compliance/Non-Compliance with the Current Input Data reference Codes listed below. The following items have been checked for Code Compliance: Payment Method Invoice Roof Type Sing leSpanRafters -Load Combination#1: Ceiling Type 1/2 gyp. Bd. Wind Uplift on the Standoff attachment to Collar Tie Space 0 the Roof Framing members: Wind Uplift- Coverage % 31.05 0.6 * DL Solar Frame Size 2x12@16 Ground Snow(psf) 25 -Load Combination #2: Sloped Roof Snow Load (psf) 22.66 Supporting Rafter Strength with: DL Rf+ Lag Screw Diam. (in) 5/16 DL Solar+ Roof Live Load Lag Screw Embed. (in) 2.5 Overall Span (ft) 37 -Load Combination#3: PV Weight(psf) 3 Supporting Rafter Strength with: DL Rf+ PV Module Orientation Portrait DL Solar+Wind Down Rafter Span (ft) 17.5 Rail System 2Rail -Load Combination #4: Supporting Rafter Roof Mean Height(ft) 25 Strength with: DL Rf+ DL Solar+ Snow Roof Slope (degrees) 25 Roofing Type Comp. Shingle -Load Combination #5: Sloped Ceiling No Supporting Rafter Strength with: DL Rf+ Max. Horizontal Roof Mount(ft) 4 DL Solar+ .75Wind + .75Snow Max. Vertical Roof Mounts (ft) 3.305 Standoff Staggered Yes -Load Combination#6: Check Additional Wind Exposure C Seismic Load Wind Speed (mph) 135 -Load Combination#7: Supporting Rafter Strength with: Wind Up-0.6 *(DL Rf+ DL Solar) SOLAR= YSP 3000 E. Birch St, Suite 201 Brea CA, 92821 USA 818-939-8098 USER: Kevin Nguyen COMPANY NAME: Solar-Roof-Check SRC JOB ID: 30054 JOB REPORT DATE: 2021-07-19 JOB NUMBER: TOSCANO, CAROL JOB NAME: Toscano, Caroline JOB ADDRESS: 610 Jackson Landing Mattituck, NY 11952 OF NE�yY co P S A. q4 �'n�- li FESS 10�� Program Version: 2020-05-08:7 Page 2 of 10 USER INPUT: 1. :Ceiling Type := 1/2 gyp. Bd. 2. Collar Tie Spacing (ft) 0 3. Roof Coverage % := 31.05 4. Roof Framing Size 2x12@16 5. Ground Snow (psf) := 25 -6. Vertical Snow Load on slope (psf) := 22.7 7. Lag Screw Diameter (in) ._ A := 5/16 8. Lag Screw Embedment (in) .= a := 2.5 9. Overall Span (ft) := 37 .10. PV Weight,(psf) .= DLpv := 3.00 11. Rafter Sloped Span (ft) Lr := 17.5 12. Rail System. 2Rail '13. Roofing Type := Comp. Shingle .14. Roof Mean Height (ft) h 25 '15. Roof Slope (degrees) ._ := 25 _16. Roof Structure Type := Sing leSpanRafters '17. Sloped Ceiling? No 18. .Sfh = RF Mount Horizontal Spacing (ft) := 4.00 19. Sfv = RF Mount Vertical Spacing (ft) := 3.31 20. RF Mount Staggered Yes 21. Wind Exposure .= C 22. Wind Speed (mph) V •= 135 23. Lpv=PV Length (in) 79.33 24. Wpv = PV Width (in) 39.37 25. Gable, Hip, or Flat/MonoMope Gable Roof 26. Roof Overhangs Yes 27. Sr= Rafter:Spacing (ft) 1.33 28. PV Orientation •= Portrait 29. Elevation Above Sea Level (ft) .= Elev •= 11 Page 3 of 10 FORMULA SYMBOLS: TAfp := Tributary Area. to, RF Mounts__with Portrait PV Orientation (sf) TAA Tributary Area to RF Mounts with Landscape PV Orientation (sf) TAI Tributary Area to Rafters `(sf) laf Pressure Equalization Factor for.RF Mounts with Portrait PV Orientation. Pressure Equalization Factor for RF Mounts with Landscape PV Orientation 'Yar Pressure Equalization Factor,for Rafters ]fP Design Wind Pressure to RF Mounts with Portrait PV.Orientation - Zone .1 (psf) P2fp Design Wind Pressure to RF Mounts ,with Portrait PV Orientation -- Zone `2 (psf} p Design Wind Pressure to RF Mounts with Landscape PV Orientation Zone 1 (psf) :Pzfl Design -Wind ;Pressure to' RF Mounts with Landscaape PV Orientation -:Zone 2 (psf). Trap Design Wind -Pressure JW to Rafters (psf) prdn Design Wind Pressure Down to Rafters (psf) Qcpi External Pressure. Coefficient for RF Mounts - Zone i (depends on TA.Fastener) GCPZ External Pressure Coefficient for RF Mounts - Zone 2 (depends.on TA Fastener) GCpup := External Pressure Coefficient; Wind Up for Rafters (depends on 'TAr) GCpdn := External Pressure.Coefficient, Wind Down for,Rafters (depends on TAr) s Snow on Roof (psf) .sue RF Mount Horizontal Spacing (ft) sf„ RF Mount Vertical Spacing :(ft) .-Sr Rafter Spacing (ft) ip„ PV'Length (ft) Wp� PV Width (ft) Lr Span of Rafter (ft) '`(E Ed g e Arra y.Fa cto e Page 4 of 10 Dead Loads-(DL): = psf Roofing ,= 2.20 Ply .= 1.50 Rafter ,= 3.08 Miscellaneous (Mist) 1.00 Clg. Joists = 0.65 Insulation (Insul) 0.50 Ceiling = 2.20 Flat.Ceilina DLtc =.Roofing + Ply + Rafter + Mist (psf) 7.78 DLbc.= Clg.joists + Insul. + Ceiling (psf) 3.35 wbLtc, DLtc X Sr (Plf) _. 10.37 Sloped Celillifia DLtc=DL.tc + Insul. + Ceiling (psf} N/A wDLtc=DLtc x Sr.(pif) N/A DESIGN CRITERIA ASCE REFERENCE Risk Category II Table 1.5=1. Importance Factor Table 1.572 I = 1.00 Basic Wind Speed Fig. 26.5-ib. V ,= 135 Wind Directionality Table 26.6.1 Kd _. 0.85 Exposure Category: Sect. 26,7,3. .= C Topographic Factor- Sect. 26.8 Kzt = 1.00 Elevation above Sea Level Table'26.9-.1- Ke. 1.00 Velocity Pressure Exposure .Coeff. Table 26.10-1 Kz. 0.94 Velocity Pressure Eq. 26..10-1 qh=.00256 X Kz x:Kzt.X Kd X Ke.X V2 :=37.26 Edge Array Factor Sect. 29.4.4 "T .(Zone l =1.0 IE(40ne2) =1.5 .PV Pressure Equalization Fig, 29,4-8 "'(a ,= 0.71 Factor Page 5 of 10 RF MOUNT-Wind UP Pressure (Note.- Divide TA by 2 for 2 Rail System) Portrait Orientation: ASCE REFERENCE TAfj -= Sfh x Lpv 13.22 Fig. 29.4-8 la 0.71 Fig. 303-2* Zbhe 1: G.Cpj 1.50 Eq. 29.4-7 -PIf = qh x--GCpl x IE xYa = 39.88 Fig. ,30-3=2'k Zd he,2e: GCp2e = 2.00 Eq..29.4-7 P.2ef-= 'qhx GCp2e xIEx. Ya 79.79 Fig. 50.3-2-` Zdne In GCp2r 2.37 Eq.129-.4-7 R)IT =qh x GCp2r x 1E x la 94.35 Landscape Orientation:; As'C'E REFERENCE TAo = 'Sfh..X Wpv N/A Fig. 29.4-8 !a N/A Fig. 30.-3-2* Zo-nd 1:' G.Cpi N/A Eq. 29.4-7 PIf = qh x GC pi x-YE x I. N/A Fig. 30.3--2* Zone2- d; GCp2e N/A Eq. 29.4-7 P2e f = qh x GCp2e x,YE x^Ia N/A Fig. 303-2* Zone .2r: GCp2r N/A Eq. 29.47-7 P21f =qh x GCp2r x IE X-fa N/A *NOTE: For Flat and .Mon-osl6pe Roofs, r.ef.er--to,Figures'30..3--5A.and 30.3-513 Page 6 of 10 RAFTERS- Wind UP Pres'sure ASC.E REFERENCE TArw = Sfh x Lr 70.00 Fig. 29.4-8 lar 0.43 Fig. '30.j-2* Zone 1,: G-C.pup 1.18 Eq. 29.4-7 'Pnlp = qhxGCpjpk-fE.x'Ya 19.00 RAFTERS-'Wind DOWN Pressure ASCE REFERENCE TAr = -Sfh x Lr, = 70.00 Fig. 29..4-8. "far 0.43 Fig 3.0. 3-2* Zone 1: GCpdn. 0.34 'Prdn = qh x GCpdn X^fE X ^ja Eq. 29.4-7 16.00 LOAD"tOMB.. #'I': WIND UPLIFT ON RFMOUNTS (0.6.DL - 0-.6 'Wind Up) .(Cd 1.6) t.=.Withdrawal Capacity (lb/inch} t = 235.00 W= Total Withdrawal Capacity -W := Cdxtxe W = 940.00 ZONE I -P TAf x i 0.6 X' -P If—0.6 X_`DLPV,kCOS(O x deg)) 294.80 °./0 W x 1 00,plf 318.9% Code Compliant if % is equal to or more than 100OZo p a 0 ZONE2e P TAf x (0.6-.x P2ef 0.6 x DLpV x cos(0 x deg)) = 611.41 % W X I00IP2ef = 153.7% .Code Compliant if 6/b is equal to.or more than 100% ZONE2r P := TAf x (O.6xP2rf '0.6-5<DLPV x cos(G* x-deg-)) := 726.92 % = VV X I OOIP2rf := 129.3% Code* Compliant if % is equal to or more than. 100% -Page 7 of 10 LOAD COMB.#2: On RaftersDL RF + DL SOLAR + RF LL'(CD=1.25) with LL = 20 psf w:=LL x S, plf (plf) = 24.54 Psp:=T4 f x DL pv 39.66 2 C:— (L—.5.5) (ft) = 6.00 MpL:= WDLt,,x L +Psi,x L xeOS(0) 618.79 2 8 a IL 2 _e °- w x 3 x(2 x L—3) x cos(6) Spans :10.0 ft y � - 2x j N/A MIL= 2 x w _ �.t .. 1f� # x^i i4 {.{YY x.irx(L xL-b)�IfYx Lr Z}/ Spa ri s ft E 444 is cas�@} = 400.32 2 MLL xL M 2xw G .MZ:=MDR + MLL (lb=ft) :=i019.11 Sr'-M2x 8.51 FbxCdLLXCfXxCrxCLS a/o'=$x x 100 [<.If equal to or more than :100% Code Compliant, OK! = 371.9% Sr. - - LOAD COMB. #3: On Rafters, Zone 1 D.L Rf + DL Solar + Wind Down (Cd =1.6) P :=TA fx (o,6 X Prdn+.DLpV x COS := 162.88 z M.3:= WDLt&x X COS(8 X deg)-i-P3 X :=1532.88 S :Mx 12 r 3 FbxCdwindXCfrXC,XCLS = 10.00 SX x 100 % CC If equal boor more than 100% Code Compliant, OK! := 316.5% Sr Page S of 10 LOAD -COMB. #4: On Rafters DL Rf + DL Solar'+ Snow (Cd=1.15) S:=Sloped Roof Snow Load (psf) .= 22.66 P4:=TAf x(DLpv x S) := 339.27 z M4:= wDLt.x 8 +P4 x L x cos(e) 2574.27 Sr:= 12 r 4 FbXCdSnowxCf"XC'XCLS •= 23.36 SX x 100 S <<If equal to or more than 100% code compliant, ok! 135.5% r LOAD COMB. 05: On Rafters, Zone 1 DL Rf + DL-Solar + ..75Wind + .75Snow (Cd=1.6) S:=Sloped Roof Snow Load (psf) .= 22.66 P5:=TAfx (DLpv+.75 x S) x COS9+TAfx 0.75 x 0.6 x prdn := 334.79 z MS:= wDLtc x S +P5 x a x cos(e) :=2770.97 - ) S :=Nl x 12 r 5 Fb x Cdwind x Cf,,x C,x CLS .= 18.07 Sx x 100 °10:= S <<If equal to or more than 100% Code Compliant, OK! :=175.1% r LOADING COMB. #6: CHECK SEISMIC LOADING: C=,COVERAGE ON ROOF Existing DL:= DLRf + Walls Walls:= 5.5 psf 16.63 ProposedDL:=Exist'ingDL + DLsolarx C = 17.56 SeismicIncrease:=100 x(ProposedDL 1_100 <<If equal to or more than 10% Code o t ExistingDL J Compliant, OK! = 5.6/0 SEISMIC SUMMARY: EXISTING BUILDING PROVISIONS Section 1113.3- Exceptions: 1. The addition complies with the requirements for new structures. 2. The addition does not increase the seismic force by more than 10%. .3. The addition 'does not decrease the seismic resistance of any structural element. J Page 9 of 10 LOAD-COMB. #7: On Rafters, ZONE .1 (0.6)(DL RF + DL SOLAR) . WIND UP (CD=1.6) P7:= TA f x (0.6 x Pn p—0.6 x DLpy x cos$') 129.19 z M7:=(P7 x a —WDLr�x..8 X Cos(Q X deg) := 714.41 4.66 Fb x Cdwi d x CfX X ,x CLs to e SXX IOU «IF EQUAL TO OR MORE THAN 100% CODE := 679.1% Sr COMPLIANT, OK! LIMITS OF SCOPE OF WORK AND LIABILITY (Vote: 1. Prior to commencement of work, the.Solar Installer shall verify that the roof framing sizes, spacing, and -spans_ (between supports), are as'noted in these documents. The Engineer;of.Record must be notified if ahy discrepancies are discovered, before .proceeding. 2. These documents are. Stamped for Structural Code compliance of the roof members that support the PV solar system only. 3. These documents are not stamped for rain water leaka-ge "prevention. 4. As a precaution, old or wet snow should be, removed from the roof, .if the snow builds up to 18m or more. 5. Existing deficiencies which are unknown and not observable due to their being concealed inside walls or sandwiched behind gypsum" board ceilings at the time of inspection_ are not included in the scope of work. These calculations are only for the roof framing which .supports the new PV modules. These calculations do not include a complete lateral analysis of the building, nor a prediction of the life expectancy of the existing building. Page 10 of 10 Appendix Table 3 represents the"maximum Moment (M = PL/a) resulting from point loads (RF Mounts), for any spans (L) listed. a = 2.43 TABLE 3 The Moment Factor"a"for a 2 Rail System The Moment Factor"a"for a Railless or Shared Rail System Staggered Unstaggered Staggered Unstaggered Length, Portrait ;Landscape :Portrait Landscape Length Portrait Landscape Portrait Landscape 4' 4 00 4.00 4 Ot1 2:91 _ _ ._. _ _ M. _ _.. . _ _.. L`==4' 5 00 :5.D0- 00, 5.00 L=5' 4.00 3.50. .3.72 2.50 L_5� �5.00 __. � 5.00_ ._. _ 5._00� _ 5.00 _L J . _ 4. �a�=..1bb' 3:4�:f �� .Y2'09' „1=.�'... S:Od:_ _ 5.p0 - ,S Ott. 5 00 L=7' 3.60 �2.84 2:95 1.83 L-7' 4,50 4.50 4.50 4.19 r _ _. __._. __ a ,d,. L_ .8' _ 320_...K_,s ..:___2�67` 4:08 4E�t} 3.:37' L=9° 3.03 2.59 2.34 1.44 L 9' 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.12 "4=.i0 - 2 6 _ . .50` __ "`Z -1 1_ t=:li0` a 14.66�__ .4.00 _.`�4:00` _ 286_ L=11' 2-77. 2.25 2.04� 1.19 ~L-11'� 4.00 4.00 _ 3.70 2.48 ____.... v ._ ._.: :--- - :1.85:. .. 1:O.T. - L=13' 2.61 2.188 1.74 0.90 13' 4.00' 3.87 3.35� � 1.98 _255;: .°- 1.75.' ,1:b2`. 0 92, = 4.00`. -:3.73' -3�0` 1:87 _ _ a._ . L'�'14' . ., ___ . . ._ ,.�._.,, L=1S' 2.51 1.68 1.50 `0.86 L=IS' 4.00 3.32 2.88 1.78 L..:-=' _ �2-A �� .. 1;60 13_8 4r0�81. 1:=1�' 4:t)0 -- 2.9_Oa z 2.46: I.68 L=17' 2.43 1.45 _ 1.31-� 0.76 L=47'~ Y 4.00 T _ _ 2.74 jp6 4x :2.36 1; y.0.72 ;L'.=18`- �µ4.Q®' ?57, - .2.?S. I.45 L=19' 2.38 1.24 1.17 0.68 L=19' 4.00 2.46 __ T 2.18 1.38 L=21' 2.22 1.14 1.06 0.62 L 21'_ a- 4.00 2.28 2.06 1.25 _�. .-_ ._._..�._ _:.�;__,.. --..._ ,_ :... _�_� Sao REFERENCES: LATEST EDITION Duration Factors Section Modules Size Form Factor Cdwind : 1.6 Sx = 31.64 S2x12 := 31.640 Cf2x2 := 1.5 Cf4.x4 := 1.5 Cdsnow:= 1.15 S2x2 := 0.56-1 S4x4 := 7.150 Cf2x4 := 1.5 Cf4x6 := 1.3 CdDL := 0.9 82x4 := 3.063 S4x6 :_ .17.650 Cf2x6 := 1.3 Cf4x8 := 1.3 CdLL .= 1.25 S2x6 := 7.563 S4x8 30.660 CtA := 1.2 Cf4x10 := 1.2 CLS .= 1.00 SW := 13.140 S4x10 49.900 Cf2x1o:= 1.1 Cf4x12 := 1.1 Fb = 1000 1 S2x10 :_ `21.390 S4x12 := 73.800 1 Cf2x12:= 1:0 • t SURF CLEAN A ENERGY' tiro.sri■r wMrr�w>.•t Ts:lir ara-.rhr••wr-iwr■.�r w ..r�iM ws tr sa�r nsr■■.•sx�rrut�e'r.+r ar�w�w�.t.wv �.sra •• as •• rwrrtrwwuwaarwirrrwrr rcar.■r:w■a+.rr++r�r�.s w.wwra�+rwsrie■r�r�rti■r�.arara+�rrnr+er�s�■s�w•w..rssaa�_rs.+r+a.�' ■ -m • �® a a ' a ir•Yr rCrrr■r Pr�■M raM iMlM�Rrr•.F 1.�lwl-ii'�rw■OIS-.larR111---Fr-------�—rnf••!#It�Fy raf r'.I r"Lr•klR r�#Alrt■k1 r-YM rrFO.. —_- r=1�+o.7slw l�w4T a�r■+w��rrr.r�flfnw sa!I wut•:w1.11r=r=r�)�t!ir rrri wrw��ala��r.�or�t�ew�w41 r=RsatrPt�c�rasr�rinrl�l..r �—_ - LO • a • .� _ ... �_ ..�.�...... .,.....�...�.�.� _ .,.. �.�..^ _� ..�,...�...,�� .�-..ter _ ? t w.wrswn+rit+rwrr+wilw�wrr.w•rw•r.ws�■u+.waw nr+w Meye+ swsrf�rsliy.•r r■+�wuwwar■w-»�Mrnsrr■rraat^r r�YtM�.triiw�rkwta�w■Me■ww•�» r s�rw•ire�w■r rrw%w�w�w-+r..•■�sr,■�arrn"rr■�iMr�ar■a��r��.►K s+4ars�'�swrr�t�r�s ws��r,r•�µw,w��l+�r•w�w�:c�r■r.�w�w■+MiRNatn ♦. 4 �'r' "l.'f. .o ...� .w ,.''� "C: "S«+�" ^..«• Y" r rM ,r,i,..'G•:.. 'r _�+' ,,,t'..�. . ,.'«+1' "+�" ..'4A. -'S.. .r .'. ,..+ "ltlr I�ft iR^'Sn 'L.r +.•.l" - e.. - s rr+c.+�e_♦.«+n•nirrwrr,w"warts+.w+w"ir�w r.sr rwsc�trrrtiwinwir�++�rt�w+r�)Fii ilit t s�r+r�Yrw�.o ralr.�+•nr7 rL'aw«arr■rn.i -� •��- 'iy .SL :..'.T` 'L:" `-��' +'� "F..l' .C�� .+ *.. �4w�•ttR�tf to f r�"�,,,"` w ��+ � ... `. w ..y �„ L K «� 'r++. � N� �t}'�i �}�•I, �...�+ Al s �.. = •.•. Y ^ :. :...rR tlt l,tllllit,r -zw.^ -s^ ws rr �.^ ...."''1' .S'� .t" �wnS" .... «�.�' ,« ""... " .« !r`!��F t f■! t t 4 :.�'" .."� ...-1„ .2',.w r a llr+r■ilgY K ■ "►a'.1"w `....a«'1. e�,,�..5"«.� i^)t 1 1 1 i t i� ti!"Lt�•Fw �'".IS�� ti e • .2r � f wrar,,yea.wrstz3oriirwmtet.R�.:tw.�,'�r.0 mar ; tr#F��1��t��{t�1�t�Mit�tff "�i+�.c'3i�}r�� w•� •r�y .11 N 7� T!... x- ..i�" r« "+ �.. ..f.i't 1 1 i r 1. ( I t tt a�+,.� �. +i. .._ i ttt *y� .,. tttt++ ! C ► 1t ttCil ft ,�•,.. "5.,.^. • t• tl•it "C .a :s�. ^S w`S'1K` •t',rft 1(Fti tf f�Ilttt �I�1�l�t�ljt jl� !i :i* "'�. �','- ..ti`k . ,. ,. t Ift.s- �. .. kttl is I� f •i ti, � i, ," "' ,�`. ...w„y.. _tt�t�tYt�E tttftr.i 'L,�r+.�.. '"•.r`Sr' ..�r"' .37iS.a'.r+ %fFtt► I.t. (t tft;.}lflttft;I�tit�ittti ,«".."."i. `4.1:''� r , ltF ttt 1 txitfJri ttt r �« ,:r r w .:s..,"�, �r l;f�i�t' �til� �1� �I�k,f�i�t±ltl�til�t�t�i��Ct "�i»■ .,rE.oX r.`w + �" .}�►it i•{ +� . .3: +�, -�. . ►} fitltlflr ti4= ttiitlilta^.* .it t■r t ..wi + `tnwis.. `t`�.`v+e.ww.t,� Ftt�ttii4tiFltFl�ltt (�.ilit'l( 1rp 1}It�Fitk�Fl..mr.r was« rewt'wcrw+ . • `'. t fr tttt t gill Itt1 i"tiY �II� *i ,R XJt h ;�t�till�I�ii iijsj4��ilfllk�l��1�� ft;f��l�t4��1��r�tt��t) �•atjh ttr't "t f!* w+ .t}-I31, ■tr t.s,■�, r■Ft/1F�F�ftf�t iit�l�t�t�, ,r, �• .y-':,r r t t. !t C t ti- C 1 1 t 1�t t t r" I+f'i.a s�s:'tiwi rlrtftit tlit � r. ; a"•, ti"e:n }j N t tr, rt'ai1Tr 1 , ttrrlaray,'irtwit ,.• . ' .P;' "- !!` � �!('�j��'E �,i 'tit,+'ti�f'�'�t,,Flt�r t Mitt I; filitif �}i`lit, ��Ma{1��t �t;�'�t ctils�t att�■lai.lett►■t■t11"I.i■ttiatlt)tt".t■ SHEET SIZE ANSI B E: CEIVE �`e ` Itt A a - 1 1 1 ` •� • •- 1 1 • •• • •' . r wa 1 1 •� • •- GENERAL NOTES THE INSTALLATION OF PV SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST • WHEN A BACKFED BREAKER IS THE METHOD OF UTILITY RECENT NATIONAL ELECTRIC AND BUILDING CODES AND STANDARDS, AS INTERCONNECTION, THE BREAKERNSHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE AMENDED BY JURISDICTION OPPOSITE END OF THE BUS BAR OF THE MAIN BREAKER. SURF CLEAN • PV SYSTEMS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SUPPLY A BUILDING OR OTHER • WHERE GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION IS USED, THE OUTPUT OF AN ENERGY STRUCTURE IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL SUPPLY SYSTEM(S) [NEC INTERACTIVE SYSTEM SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE SUPPLY SIDE OF SURF CLEAN ENERGY 690.4(A)] THE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION [NEC 705.32] 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS • THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING AND • ALL PLAQUES AND SIGNAGE REQUIRED BY THE LATEST EDITION OF SUITE#20 NY 17881788,UPAUGE, USA INTERCONNECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONS NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. LABEL SHALL BE METALLIC OR PLASTIC, PHONE NO.:(866)631-78731 [NEC 690.4(C)] ENGRAVED OR MACHINE PRINTED IN A CONTRASTING COLOR TO THE REVISIONS • EXISTING PLUMBING VENTS, SKYLIGHTS, EXHAUST OUTLETS, VENTILATIONS PLAQUE. PLAQUE SHALL BE UV RESISTANT IF EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT. DESCRIPTION DATE IREV INTAKE AIR OPENINGS SHALL NOT BE COVERED BY THE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC • ALL THE NEC REQUIRED WARNING SIGNS, MARKINGS, AND LABELS SYSTEM. SHALL BE POSTED ON EQUIPMENT AND DISCONNECTS PRIOR TO ANY • INVERTERS, MOTOR GENERATORS, PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES, PHOTOVOLTAIC INSPECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. PANELS, AC PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES, SOURCE-CIRCUIT COMBINERS, AND • CONNECTORS SHALL BE OF LATCHING OR LOCKING TYPE. CONNECTORS �sN K. Mq }O CHARGE CONTROLLERS INTENDED FOR USE IN PV SYSTEMS SHALL BE LISTED THAT ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND OPERATING AT OVER 30 VOLTS, OR FIELD LABELED FOR THE PV APPLICATION [NEC 690.4 (B)] NOMINAL, MAXIMUM SYSTEM VOLTAGE FOR DC CIRCUITS, OR 30 VOLTS 255 • ALL OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEMA 3R RATED (OR BETTER), FOR AC CIRCUITS, SHALL REQUIRE TOOL TO OPEN AND MARKED "DO INCLUDING ALL ROOF MOUNTED TRANSITION BOXES AND SWITCHES. NOT DISCONNECT UNDER LOAD" OR "NOT FOR CURRENT • ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY GROUNDED AND BONDED IN INTERRUPTING". [NEC 690.33(C) & (E)(2)] ��FESSIONP�� ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 250. • FLEXIBLE, FINE-STRANDED CABLES SHALL BE TERMINATED ONLY WITH • SYSTEM GROUNDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 690.41 TERMINALS, LUGS, DEVICES, OR CONNECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS • FOR PV MODULES, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SMALLER THAN NEC 110.14 6AWG SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC 250.120(C) [NEC 690.46] • WORK CLEARANCES AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WILL BE • PV SOURCE CIRCUIT, PV OUTPUT CIRCUIT, INVERTER OUTPUT CIRCUIT, AND MAINTAINED PER NEC 110.26(A)(1), 110.26(A)(2) AND 110.26(A)(3). Z (D ca STORAGE BATTERY CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE • ALL EXTERIOR CONDUITS, FITTINGS AND BOXES SHALL BE RAIN-TIGHT Q z :) PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE 240 [NEC AND APPROVED FOR USE IN WET LOCATIONS PER NEC 314.15. Es ci Lo 690.9(A)] • ROOFTOP MOUNTED PHOTOVOLTAIC PANELS AND MODULES SHALL BE V) Q • OVERCURRENT DEVICES RATINGS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 125 PERCENT OF TESTED, LISTED & IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL1703 0 _ r THE MAXIMUM CURRENTS CALCULATED IN 690.8(A). [NEC 690.9(B)] • EACH MODULE TO BE GROUNDED USING THE SUPPLIED CONNECTION F-- Z Z • PV SYSTEM CIRCUITS INSTALLED ON OR IN BUILDINGS SHALL INCLUDE A RAPID POINT PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. ALL SOLAR MODULES, W p SHUTDOWN FUNCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 690.12 EQUIPMENT, AND METALLIC COMPONENTS ARE TO BE BONDED. IF THE z Y U • PV DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A READILY ACCESSIBLE EXISTING GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM CAN NOT BE VERIFIED OR IS J LOCATION EITHER ON THE OUTSIDE OF A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE OR INSIDE ONLY METALLIC WATER PIPING, IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S Q < P NEAREST THE POINT OF ENTRANCE OF THE SYSTEM CONDUCTORS [NEC RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL A SUPPLEMENTAL GROUNDING o 690.13(A)] ELECTRODE. V � < • ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 690.31 • DC CONDUCTORS SHALL BE RUN IN EMT AND SHALL BE LABELED, • CONNECTORS SHALL REQUIRE A TOOL TO OPEN AND BE MARKED "DO NOT "CAUTION DC CIRCUIT" OR EQUIV. EVERY 5 FT. DISCONNECT UNDER LOAD" OR "NOT FOR CURRENT INTERRUPTING". [NEC • CONFIRM LINE SIDE VOLTAGE AT ELECTRIC UTILITY SERVICE PRIOR TO 690.33(E)(2)] CONNECTING INVERTER. VERIFY SERVICE VOLTAGE IS WITHIN INVERTER SHEET NAME • ALL GROUNDED CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROPERLY COLOR IDENTIFIED AS VOLTAGE OPERATIONAL RANGE. GENERAL NOTES WHITE. [NEC 200.6] . SERVING UTILITY TO BE NOTIFIED BEFORE ACTIVATION OF PV SYSTEM. • THE OUTPUT OF AN INTERCONNECTED ELECTRIC POWER SOURCE SHALL BE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT EXPANSION JOINTS SHEET SIZE CONNECTED AS SPECIFIED IN NEC 705.12(A), (B), (C), OR (D). AND ANCHOR CONDUIT RUNS AS REQUIRED PER NEC. ANSI B • THE HOMEOWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING ALL EQUIPMENT 11"X 17" OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OFWORK IS NEC COMPLIANT. SHEET NUMBER PV-2 MODULE TYPE, DIMENSIONS &WEIGHT N NUMBER OF PANELS IN ARRAY=26 MODULES MODULE TYPE= HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUOL-G7.2(400W)MODULES MODULE WEIGHT=51.80 LBS/23.5 KG. MODULE DIMENSIONS = 79.33"X 39.37"=21.69 SF UNIT WEIGHT OF ARRAY = 1385.80/563.94=2.46 PSF SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY PROPERTY LINE — — 1 I i — — — — — I SUITE NY#207 HAUPPAUGE,7 PHONE NO. (866)631-7873 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE IREV Ed I l r m ROOF#1 (26)ENPHASE:IQ7PLUS-72-2-US (26)HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK ��@ SN K. M �09 (240V)INVERTER 2�1 0 �_ DUOL-G7.2 400 ? y SLOPE:25° c ADM.:360° r I I � 613 O`cFSSIO104 PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS d" O Q Q z � U o of ¢ Lo CL 2 (E)200A MAIN SERVICE PANEL TIED O J z I TO EXTERIOR UTILITY METER Z }- �I I Z a) Y wa ROOF ACCESS POINT V U a 00 EXISTING O - I - - - - 5�1 �I 1 -- _ DRIVEWAY I � � - PROPERTY LINE Q C) Q Cfl U � SHEET NAME J AC K50 N 5 LANDING PLOT PLAN SHEET SIZE ANSI B NOTES: SAFETY PLAN: NEAREST URGENT CARE FACILITY 11" X 17" -SCALE AS SHOWN -INSTALLERS SHALL DRAW IN DESIGNATED SAFETY AREA AROUND HOME NAME: 1 PLOT PLAN -ALL DIMENSIONS IN FEET -INSTALLERS SHALL UPDATE NAME,ADDRESS,AND PHONE NUMBER OF ADDRESS: SHEET NUMBER PV-3 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-O" UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED NEAREST URGENT CARE FACILITY RELATIVE TO THE SITE BEFORE STARTING WORK PHONE NUMBER: PV-3 BILL OF MATERIALS N EQUIPMENT QTY DESCRIPTION SOLAR PV HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUOL-G7.2(400W) MODULE 26 MODULE INVERTER 26 ENPHASE:IQ7PLUS-72-2-US(240V)INVERTERS SURF CLEAN AC DISCONNECT 1 LOCKABLE MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT 240l120 V (E) BACK_ O f RE5 I D E N C E ENERGY 110,3W 60A S NEMA 3R IQ COMBINER BOX 1 125A ENPHASE IQ COMBINER+WITH BUILT IN RGM, SURF CLEAN ENERGY lNEMA3R 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS ATTACHMENT 48 IRON RIDGE L-FOOT ATTACHMENTS SUITE#207,HAUPPAUGE, RAILS 2 IRONRIDGE XR100 RAILS 13Z' NY .:(8,USA PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 RAILS 12 IRONRIDGE XR1OD RAILS 168" RAIL SPLICE 12 SPLICE KIT REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE IREV MID CLAMPS 24 MID CLAMPS END CLAMPS 8 END CLAMPS/STOPPER SLEEVE -� 4'-3" 43'-8" 4'-41" GROUNDING LUG 1 2 1GROUNDING LUG ROOF#1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I l l l t I I I a ! : 11 1 1 I ! (N) IRONRIDGE XR100 P, i 26 HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK I I ! RACKING SYSTEM Gj��`5N K rt9,4, 1'0 O 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! t e l l I DUOL-G7.2 400 Nz I I I I i I I I I i i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I 2P 2 ROOF DESCRIPTION SLOPE:25° '-° i (N)48-IRONRIDGE L-FOOT f __+ ; ATTACHMENTS @ 48' OC > AZIM.: 360° i l l l l i i I l ! I i 1 1 t I I i i 1 " i 1 1 cl r ROOF TYPE COMP SHINGLE RO RAFTERS RAFTERS (26) ENPHASE: IQ7PLUS-72 Nz ROOF OF AZIMUTH (N)JUNCTION BOX TILT SIZE SPACING (240V)INVERTER ss�1Ll #1 25° 360° Z'x12" 16"o.c. T PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS SYSTEM LEGEND 1"EMT CONDUIT RUN IN ATTIC � 150A MAIN SERVICE PANEL&POINT OF I n (N) IQ COMBINER BOX O Q INTERCONNECTION.TIED TO EXTERIOR m0477 Z UTILITY METER � ( E)AC UTILITY METER Q Z_ NEW PHOTOVOLTAIC UTILITY DISCONNECT ( ) / ♦ Q CV SWITCH.LOCATED WITHIN 10'OF MSP. (E)200A MAIN SERVICE PANEL TIED v! Z LO ((II rr NEWDEDICATED PV SYSTEM COMBINER TO EXTERIOR UTILITY METER !=✓]PANEL. O J 26 NEW HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK I— (n } DUOL-G7.2 MODULES WITH NEW 26- ENPHASE IQ7PLUS-72-2-US INVERTERS, ROOF ACCESS POINT W 0 MOUNTED ON THE BACK OF EACH MODULES. Z V ® =FIRE PATHWAY O ❑O =ROOF OBSTRUCTIONS (E) FRONT Of RE51 D E N C E O ® =ATTACHMENT POINTS a � Q - - =RAFTER JACK50N5 LANDING U =RACKING SYSTEM =EXTERIOR RUN SHEET NAME ROOF PLAN & - -- =ATTIC RUN MODULE SHEET SIZE ANSI B NOTES: ARRAY DETAILS: PANEL TYPE: HANWHA SOLAR 11" X 17" -SOLAR PANEL LAYOUT SUBJECT TO C1 ROOF PLAN & MODULES ACCORDING TO EXISTING COND T ONS�NGE TOTAL PVTOTALOOF ARRAY AREA: 63 94 SO FT.SURFACE AREA: 1815.91SQFT. PANEL SID E:79.3"X 39.37" SHEET NUMBER -SCALE AS SHOWN PERCENTAGE PV COVERAGE: (TOTAL PV ARRAY NUMBER OF PANELS:26 PV-4 SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" -ALL DIMENSIONS IN FEET UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED AREA/TOTAL ROOF SURFACE AREA)` 100=31.05% SYSTEM SIZE: 10.400 kW PV-4 PV MODULE SURF CLEAN ENERGY SEE (2/PV-5) FOR SURF CLEAN ENERGY ENLARGED VIEW „ OG SUITE#207 HAUPPAUGE, @16 (E) SINGLE LAYER OF NY11788,USA COMPOSITE SHINGLE PHONE NO.:(866) 1-7873 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE REV �P ga�►�ARft I K. M�'y JO = 9 1 ATTACHMENT DETAIL PV-5 O SSIONP�'� PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS PV MODULES 0 - Q IRONRIDGE INTEGRATED Q z U) GROUNDING & END/MID CLAMP V 0 cs co Q Lo IRONRIDGE XR100 RAIL 0 \ W Z Z O (E) SINGLE LAYER OF z cn Y COMPOSITE SHINGLE J U = 5 .. 2"x12" RAFTERS @ 16" OC ~ - C r 5/16"X3" SS LAG BOLT WITH V m 2 MIN 2%2' THREAD EMBEDMENT, ALUMN. "L" BRACKET SEALED PENETRATION W/3/8" SS BOLT & NUT SHEET NAME ATTACHMENT IRONRIDGE L- FOOT DETAIL SHEET SIZE ANSI B 11" X 17" 2 ATTACHMENT DETAIL (ENLARGED VIEW) SHEET NUMBER PV-5 (26)HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUOL-G7.2(400W)MODULES (2)STRINGS OF 13 MODULES CONNECTED IN SERIES STRING SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS TO UTILITY GRID SUITE#207,HAUPPAUGE, NY 11788,USA BI-DIRECTIONAL UTILITY PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 M METER 1-PHASE, 3-W REVISIONS 120V1240V DESCRIPTION DATE IREV (2)#10 AWG THWN-2+RED LINE SIDE TAP (2)#10 AWG THWN-2-BLACK (1)#8 AWG THHN GND 3/4"EMT CONDUIT (E) MAIN SERVICE PANEL,200A RATED, ENPHASE Q CABLE WITH 5��tigH i<. M�ti�0 240V #6AWG EGC (N)125A ENPHASE IQ COMBINER+ WITH BUILT IN RGM NEMA 3R �. H MAIN BREAKER TO , �c �, _ __ . ,___ ._...� (N)LOCKABLE MAIN HOUSE 240 V,200A/2P �._. __,.-- __ _ _. ___ .._.. __ _.._ _-- _._ _._ ._ (TOP FED) � 1 CIRCUIT#1 I SERVICE 1 2 0 0 0 12 13 I 10A DISCONNECT240 120 V 10 3W D) JUNCTION BOX °� 60A S NEMA 3R o o� 600 V, NEMA 3 UL LISTED PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS 0A G - ----------- 20A I O Q 0 0— i , Z � ? GEC N 25 CIRCUIT#2 i ENPHASE ENVOY= —, (3)#6 AWG THWN-2 _':. '�^ Z Lo 1 2 0 0 0 12 13 (1)#8 AWG THHN GROUND GROUNDING co J Q m 3/4"EMT CONDUIT ELECTRODE SYSTEM O J r U) �- - w O �z Z _I 0 p F- 26-ENPHASE: IQ7PLUS-72-2-US Q U � SHEET NAME ELECTRICAL LINE DIAGRAM SERVICE INFO SHEET SIZE UTILITY PROVIDER: N/A ANSI B MAIN SERVICE VOLTAGE: 240V MAIN SERVICE PANEL: 200A 11" X 17" 1 ELECTRICAL LINE DIAGRAM MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER RATING: 200A SHEET NUMBER MAIN SERVICE LOCATION: EAST PV-6 SCALE: NTS SERVICE FEED SOURCE: OVERHEAD PV-6 AC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: SOLAR MODULE SPECIFICATIONS FROM ROOFTOP JUNCTION BOX TO LOAD CENTER MANUFACTURER/MODEL# HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAk AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT FOR EXPOSED CONDUIT DUOL-G7.2 (4001N)MODULES PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(c): +22° VMP 41.23 EXPECTED WIRE TEMP (°C): 310 + 220 IMP 9.70 SURF CLEAN ENERGY TEMP CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15: 0.76 VOC 48.96 #OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS:8 ISC 10.19 SURF CLEAN ENERGY CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(a): 0.70 79.33"L x 39.37"W x 1.26"D(In 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE: 10 AWG CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY:40 A MODULE DIMENSION Inch) SUITNY 11�8,USAAUGE, PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER NEC 690.8(A&B): INVERTER SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS 1.25 X MAX AC OUTPUT CURRENT X#OF INVERTERS PER STRING MANUFACTURER/MODEL# ENPHASE IQ7PLUS-72-2-US DESCRIP110N DATE REv CIRCUIT#1&#2: 1.25 X 1.21 X13= 19.66A NOMINAL OUTPUT CURRENT 1.21 A DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER NEC TABLE 310.15 NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 240 VAC TEMP CORR. PER NEC TABLE 310.15 X CONDUIT FILL CORR. PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(a)X ��P s K. CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY= 0.76 X.70 X 40=21.28A PERCENT OF NUMBER OF CURRENT q0 VALUES CARRYING CONDUCTORS IN EMT .70 7-9 ._ AC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: 'oo0a 6 FROM LOAD CENTER TO MSP AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SPECS FssIo1 P4 EXPECTED WIRE TEMP (°C):31° RECORD LOW TEMP -150 PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS AMBIENT TEMP (HIGH TEMP 2%) 310 TEMP CORRECTION PER NEC TABLE 310.15: 0.96 CONDUIT HEIGHT 0.5" CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE:6AWG ROOF TOP TEMP 53° _ Q CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY:75A O #OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS: 3 CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATE 90° CONDUIT FILL PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(a): 1.00 Q Z_ REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER NEC 690:8(B):- V 0 N 1.25 X OUTPUT CURRENT OF LOAD CENTER Z U-) 1.25 X 1.21 X 26=39.32A O r, DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS PER NEC TABLE 310.15: TEMP CORR. PER NEC 310.15 X I- Z }. CONDUIT FILL CORR. PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(a)X W O Z CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY= 0.96 X 1.00 X 75=72 A z Y V J p < � ELECTRICAL NOTES: Q CD Q 1.)ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE LISTED BY UL OR OTHER NRTL,AND LABELED FOR ITS APPLICATION. '10 2.)ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, RATED FOR 600 V AND 90 DEGREE C WET ENVIRONMENT. 3.)WIRING, CONDUIT,AND RACEWAYS MOUNTED ON ROOFTOPS SHALL BE ROUTED DIRECTLY TO,AND LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE NEAREST RIDGE, HIP, OR VALLEY. SHEET NAME 4.)WORKING CLEARANCES AROUND ALL NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC 110.26. WIRING 5.)DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY CALCULATIONS OUTLETS,SUPPORTS, FITTINGS AND ACESSORIES TO FULFILL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. 6.)WHERE SIZES OF JUNCTION BOXES, RACEWAYS,AND CONDUITS ARE NOT SPECIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE SHEET SIZE THEM ACCORDINGLY. ANSI B 7.)ALL WIRE TERMINATIONS SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY LABELED AND READILY VISIBLE. 8.)MODULE GROUNDING CLIPS TO BE INSTALLED BETWEEN MODULE FRAME AND MODULE SUPPORT RAIL, PER THE 11" X 17" GROUNDING CLIP MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. SHEET NUMBER 9.)MODULE SUPPORT RAIL TO BE BONDED TO CONTINUOUS COPPER G.E.C.VIA WEEB LUG OR ILSCO GBL-4DBT LAY-IN LUG. PV-7 r A ■ SURF CLEAN ® LABEL LOCATION: E N E R G Y' •• •• ® ! INSTALL ON EACH INVERTER. •• - ® - PER CODE:NEC 2017 690.56(C) SURF CLEAN ENERGY . , • . . . ® 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS SUITE 9207,HAUPPAUGE, NY 11788,USA LABEL LOCATION: PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 INSTALL ON EACH PV AC DEVICE, A o A PRODUCTION METER,UTILITY METER REVISIONS PER CODE:NEC 2017 690.17(E),705.12(B)(3) VOWER, DESCRIPTION DATE REV ® . . a® ® + ; + s LABEL LOCATION: INSTALL AT PV CIRCUIT BREAKER LABEL LOCATION: WHEN BACKFEEDING Gj� �9Yt I� Q �O INSTAL ON EACH PV AC DEVICE PER CODE(S):NEC 2017 690.64, QQ' ' .sy • e • e • . . PER CODE:NEC 2017 690.66(B) 705.12(D)(2)(3)(B) 2 >t LABEL LOCATION: INSTALL ON EACH INVERTER. .o OB G PER CODE:2017 NEC 690.35(F7 ® ® SIONa�'�� LABEL LOCATION: INSTALL ON PV SYSTEM DISCONNECTING MEANS PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS A ®° PER CODE:NEC 2017 690.13(B) e ® ® O Q B• • • + Z U) • ' A Q Z LABEL LOCATION: ® • o - 0 N ADJACENT TOPV BREAKER QF - •• - • BUILDING SUPPLIED BY UTILITY GRID (� Z- a APPLICABLE). AND PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM O LABEL LOCATION: Z Z INSTALL ON AC COMBINER W A • ® ® ® ® A PER CODE:NEC 2017 690.64, z O Y ® ® ® 705.12(D)(2)(3)(C) c..- U O H LABEL LOCATION: Q 7C � — INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DC CONDUIT EVERY 10 FT,AT EACH TURN,ABOVE AND BELOW PENETRATIONS,ON EVERY JB/PULL BOX CONTAINING DC CIRCUITS. 0 � O PER CODE:NEC 2017:690.31(G)(3) U C- c Z G • • ® • • ! ! Z Kim •' SHEET NAME • • •. ; .p (E)MAIN SERVICE (N) IQ COMBINER BOX PLACARDS LABEL LOCATION- PANEL (N)AC DISCONNECT AC DISCONNECT(S),PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM POINT OF INTERCONNECTION. (E) UTILITY METER SHEET SIZE PER CODE:NEC 2017:690.54 ANSI B LABEL LOCATION: 1 ill X 17" POINT OF INTERCONNECTION SHEET NUMBER PV-8 k=: Ind 71 _ . c ' MECHANICALsPECIFICATION _ 2015 mlri x 1009mia a 35 mni{inclta7ing Iramo), _ _ _.-_. -- "' '.. .M�-•,-•.. - .- .` ;ve��n":rs'zz i 6V71Aht 23.5kg, FraatCovar SURF CLEAN 3:�mmiherRallypre-stressedplass'.<yi[h -:y,,, `:, - -—' .:.tsaa•iv 's• , antl-reFlecticri;c-�hnoFo9y: ,..mow.......,. ENERGY' .. . �. rrtxvac 9ackcover Cara itati?m ..,,,�[sxv;ttf..3aitP'd8� - •� Fe-,MQ Anodisediilumidum' Can 6 w-14 monmrysldlae O.ANTUM sdw Wt cells SURF CLEAN ENERGY t;' :luncilonbox 53-101•mmx32-6DMmx154.9mm, 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS ProloolJon cbss lP 37;wfih bypass diodes. D- SUITE#207,HAU PPAUG E, Cable. 4reml War cabl�(+)x13EUmm,(-)'>1350mm NY 11788,USA Canncctor Staubi'MC4-Evo2:IP68' +�•�.T PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE IREV ELECT9ICAL C14ARACTERiSTICS --J - TOl;tiRlkND.IN:' P,OWER.CL'ASS - - ;388 390 - ' :398 400 405 I� - - •• MINIMUM PERFORMANCE AT STANDARD TEST CONDITIONS,6TL'(POWER TOLER.ANCE+5W/-0'N)' ri ` , •, ,, i" muu PowaratMFp+ Pw, [VJ) 385 39D 395 400 405 - zQj] aoia,''2�19; SlrtRtC;rcy7tCarram' A 10A5' 10.10 iD.14 1019• 10.23 �Fg I Open.CtrcuO VoJieOa`• 4a' '.[VJ 4617, 48.44 ,48.76 48:98• 49.22 N. H K. M s CyrrantatMPP I�« (AIi 19.67; 9.6L 9.66 9.70, 9.75 �rGS "T,y o , �15„ Volaocxa.atMpp Vr IV] .40.24 4057 :40.90 4L23: 4L56 @00 Un-len•ryr '%] 191 aNA a19.6 i19.9, ?201MINIMUMPERFORMANCEATNOPJ,IALOPEt2ATINGCONDMONS,NMOTr Povierat,Mi'P P, [W] 288.3. 292.1 '295.6 299-G,i 1033 F- sjromfc;mvit Current, le- [A) a10, 8.12. '817 821 '8.2,4. Q 41 c Open Cttauti Votiaao Voc h/J' '45:42 45.6T t45.92 4617 46A3 'O9 �68 �C? g CurmntatMPP I+,x= `[A] 7.53 757 760 �7641 7.67' OFICSSi0P1P�� Voltz;&atMVP Vim, ,(t/] 3829 '38.60' 39.92 39.23' 34.54 -Maestrah snt Idamneds P;i,_36:h6 Vo=_-5%eISTC:10001Y7m;?532'C,AM Ltiac=dln0 to IEC 6090t1-3'•'BUG Rjmx;NMO,T;50ectnimAM 15 HlgheELEC p=r>I.tr(ticENFR lower.50S'costg;higherpOwer' Q �LSPtc AAfCEWARRANTY Atiensta85soficmpd'o,e( PERF�RMAN_CEAT,OWfRRADIAfiQE PROJECT NAME FADDRESS w ryleld e area, L'QLU'ELECTRICITY TR(C4TY GEf�EERA710Pf COSTS RFORM L classes,and an eft)bienc rate;of u_to 20-3A' Y�a•r ram- de rrxY 1pr ptvyeedr 4l 9i93A .'.r. _ a 7t P ®---•---------•----- in t ye, 54`K j `i ( i' _ n 9 ii ma 71 ---L-- o1mm4rldrovvertpto10yebis:At ---•� (NN01,rA71VEALL-1hrEAT;-I,ER,t tCHAIOLOGY --- -" least 85s 01 nom al p'errer up'ro, !ly Opti(nsl'yields,whatever lhs weather with excellent h x a - a c I z U) low-Itght'and temperature behaviour. Z Ali data wllaGimaastrarrtant tatsr• 'I + a errors.,Fufwmaritk;sin,ecmrdarna J ? with iho}vsriarty teimsp[ttio me .em 'aaa. rem ENDURING•HIGHPFIFORMANCE $ ,� tucEtlssa3 a0rsdionatvou t�aaM-s:JWwl Q (V e e Y + e m n, re_eectloa country.,, - �- L'oitg-Corm yield'sscuriiy,with Anti UD Techno{ogy,Anti PID KAU TypkrJ mocha�per or nnice undertow lea 9en`e mrMbestn v' d.�r ' Techroioggt;Hlit-SpotPtotect:sndTrece'sb;e.OualityTra.Qrt": eoicparlsdntosiceeM;teas{2s��;1000Lvrm� TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS O 1 EXTREME'WEATHER RATING, TOMParatbre CtietflOor>;or 1r a, "I%/K] +004 Tempwbtam CoeffWast ofV_ p', 1%1/91' -0.27 High-tech alilTlntum alloy fmmecertided for Tompc ruture Cpe{f ctan]of Pp,P, 0.46 Normal Module,OP'eratlnq Temperature, NMOT i°CJ. 43+3 �, high snow(5400Pa)and wind loadA(24000a). Q• Z Z PROPERTIES FOR'SYSTEM DESIGN Uj r0^^ _ A RELIABLE INVESTMENT Maxlmlmesyotemyolmue Vg�,. IV3 150QVFC)/1500(UL) SiiStyClass 11 N Z U) Y Hc!u6ivei2-yeerproductiverranty,and25-year rdaxlrmzmRa im,aCyrrent 1, [AI 20 Fk-ftell QOts d.onAP411M,1703 C/TYPE1_ Y U \/ linear'performancb'warranly? Load, a U G,lnx.UaO qin Iaush'/hull [Pa] �3600/1&e0 Permitted Module Temperature ^-70`C'-+85°C 5' Max.TealLosd,P6sb/Pirll--- -- ancantlnuousDuty • STATE OF THE.-ART 1v1011ULE TECHNOf:OGY Q ANTUM DUO combines cutting edge cell separation QUALIFICATIONS AND CERTIFICATES PACKAGING'INFORMATION! . and innovativewirin irvith,Q.ANTUMTechncl 0 • .......•-.- - g may' 19C,61215:2018;IEC 617301016,Application CIDss ll:,; Nurebsr at Modulea par Pallet 30 /� The ieet canples inith D_IN EN 50390. _Number o4 Paltrta par TraL'er(24 t) 24 a \�` 'APT testcondlkna Wcrxding to 1ECitS 62804-L'025,melhod 6(-1500V,iba11 Numbrsr of Pafdnta er40'HC•CertaErnt 26t 22 Sd' data shoat on rear fortuahar lnfomrailon. >r +� t ) �''•i' �r ,`'. p 0�. Pallet Dim"si ns(LxW xH) 2074x1130xit70 mm 3` >)=J �i Pettet'AJaegtd 761kg , .Ntiti:M,fsIL=tpa•ireFnp:licns'm3l.be:o I6c wed Pee the lnstagaticn andopersting mznua bi cadsct out teecW68l-;ervi:e capertmerl For hrVisr l�r6rmalltrn cna ;oiedlilslffilhdan•, End use of thl9 sxodw't:'. SHEET NAME THE IDEAL SOLUTION FOR: w' EQUIPMENT ` SPECIFICATIONS Recl:apeugyson .Orourpi•mxntc-si yt cornmeretsl/kldustrieS sollpovrcrpViras Hem haOCELLS AustraB®Ply Ltd buildIntpl Suhe l,Le+e11;15alue Sheet,Ndrih Eydrmf,NSLY+Of�,Aistra7e17EL+61(O12P01630331 F.'iX+61(0)2901530321EMAtLgtiei}7=metrdr}q-cett.coml W=Owrxzq-cets.crm/au SHEET SIZE ANSI B Engineered in OwmanyG-CrULS Engineered in Germany QCELLS 1 1° X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-9 Data Sheet Enphase IQ 7 and IQ 7+ Microinverters Enphase Microinverters Region:AMERICAS INPUT DATA(DC) - IQ7-60-2-US IQ7PLus-72 z-us SURF CLEAN Commonly used module pairings' 235 W-350 W+ 235 W-440 W+ I ENERGY' M odule compatibility 60-cell PV modules only 60-cell and 72-cell PV modules Maxirtium input DC vo}iaae' 48 V ' 60 V - ----°- - - '- Peak power tracking --voltage 27--V-37 V 27 V-45 V SURF CLEAN ENERGY I-Operating an'- 16 V-48 V - ---_- _ 16 - 0 _ 111 S I THTOWN BYPASS SUITE#207,HAUPPAUG E,Min/Max start voltage 22V48V 22V%60 VNY 11788,USA - _.. Max DC short c[rcuit current(module Isc) '. 15 A 15 A_ ON NO.:(866)63 ass The high-powered smart grid-ready Overvoltage class DC port - II _ II _ __ E - 873 m Enphase IQ 7lUlicro� and Enphase IQ 7+.tVlicr0"' DCporibackfeedcurrent.nfi - D,A OA vj REVISIONS 1 7 -- PH PV array coguration 1 x 1 ungrounded array;No additional DC side protection required; DESCRIPTION DATE REV IQ 7 and IQ 7+ dramatically simplify the installation process while AC side protection requires max 20A per branch circuit achieving the highest system efficiency. OUTPUT DATA(AC) IQ 7 Micrainverter IQ 7+Microinverter Microinverters Peak output power. 250 VA 295 VA, Part of the Enphase IQ System,the IQ 7 and Maximum continuous output power 240 VA 290 VA g p 9 -_ 9 _-- 211-264V 163.2 IQ 7+Microinverters integrate with the Enphase Nominal L L)volfa'e/re;; e* �" .' �- _. iao v i '" "zoi3`v/ 24o v/ 20$v/ 29 V 211-264 V 183-229'V IQ Envoy ,Enphase IQ Battery",and the Enphase Maximum continuous output current 1.0 A(240 V) 1.15 A(208 V) 1.21 A(240 V) 1.39 A(208 V) �A K. ,fO Enlighten'monitoring and analysis software. ; Nominal frequency 6a H�„ 6o HZ 47-68Hz 47-68Hz = - ,4b short cvctiit fault cur(nt over 3 cyc;es ^ 5.$Arrns Extended frequency range IQ Series Microinverters extend the reliability ._ _ .._ _ .__..-_.__ _.._ _ - . . _ , _ . -_ . _ . __ ._ ____..:. ___ _.__...' , •� . Maxirnum units per 20 A L-L)branch clrcuit3 16(240 VAC) 13(208 VAC) 13(240 VAC) 11(208 VAC) ri / standards set forth by previous generations and Overvoltage class A( port, - IIC -- - 14i V- undergo over a million hours of power-on testing, AC port backfeed current 0 A 0 A �1.0 ..._... ---. . ............_.... enabling Enphase to provide an industry leading Power factor setiin"g 1.0Power factor(adjustable) `0-85 leading..:0.85 lagging- - 0.85 leading::.0.85lagging warranty of up to 25 years. EFFICIENCY @240 v @208 v 240 v @ @2os v Peak efficiency 97.6% 97.6% 97.5% 97.3% CEC weighted efficiency 97.0% 97.0% 97.0% 97.0 i PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS MECHANICAL DATA Ambient temperature range -40°C to+65°C Easy t0 Install Connector[ a I rang__2-US&IQ7PLt1 _. _ _i Relative humidity range 4%to 100%(condensing} y yp (tY __.. _-' S-72-2 U$) iviC4(or Arriphenol'H4 0-Fx With additional q-DCGS adapter) , -- ___._.___ _ _.._i Lightweight and simple Dimensions(MJxHxD) ,`, 212 mm x 175 mm x 30.'L mm(without bracket}- Z rt ._ -_ --. - - ... Z 1 ^"<='k'• Weight 1.08 kg(2.381bs) * Faster Installation with improved,lighter two-wire cabling - - — - +>.`y p g g Cooling. Natural convection-No fans _ _ -_ _.._ ... _._ ..,_ _._ ._ r. . Built-in rapid shutdown compliant(NEC 2014 8,2017) +Approved forwet locations Yes --- -- --_ _._ ..___ _ ___ .._ __ Co �Er16661Pollution PD3 losure degree _---..._ _—_... Productive and Reliable Class Ie-insutafed,corro-si6n resistant polymeric enclosure " r Environmental category/UV exposure rating NEMA Type 6/outdoor Z Optimized for high powered 60-cell and 72-cell*modules FEATURES }' More an a llion hours of testing er Line'Communication • Class 111 double-insulated ated enclosure M ni onni9atfon- Enlif hten Ma-na er and M EnlLhten monit - W Z• g g y g 'oring options. 0 • UL listed Both options require installation of an Enphase IQ Envoy. Z w Disconnecting means The AC and DC connectors have been evaluated and apFraved by UL=for use as f e load-break disconnect required by NEC 690. Smart Grid Ready Compliance CA Rule21(UL 1741-SA) O Q UL 62109-1,UL1741/IEEE1547,FCC Part 15 Class B, ICES-0003 Class B, • Complies with advanced grid support,voltage and CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO.107.1-01 O This product is UL Listed as PV Rapid Shut Down Equipment and conforms with NEC-2014 and frequency ride-through requirements NEC-2017 section 690.12 and C22.1-2015 Rule 64-218 Rapid Shutdown of PV Systems,for AC Q r Q • Remotely updates to respond to changing and DC conductors,when installed according manufacturers instructions. Cfl C grid requirements C • Configurable for varying grid profiles • Meets CA Rule 21(UL 1741-SA) SHEET NAME U per branch*The IQ 7+Micro is required to support 72-cel I modules. L 1.NoenforcedUC(ACra[io.Seethecampati6llitycalcalatorathttos•//ennhasPcnm/en-us/su V ppormodulP-com at i6lllr�. EQUIPMENT 2.Nominal oltagerangecanbeextendedbeyondnominalifrequiredbytheutility. p In•/ n SPECIFICATIONS 3.Limits ma var.Refer to local re ulrements to define the number of microlnverters our area. EN PHAS{E. To learn more about Enphase offerings,visit enphase.com EN PHASE. SHEET SIZE To learn more about Enphase offerings,visit enphase.com 0 2014 Enohzs°Energy.All rights reserved.All trademarks or brands used are the property of Enphase Energy,Inc. ANSI V A,C I O o 2019.3-2-0 P V�7 11" X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-10 Data Sheet Enphase Networking Enphase IQ C®mbiner+ 4W SURF CLEAN ENERGY' MODEL NUMBER iIQ Combiner+X-IQ-AM1-240-2 IQ Combiner+with Enphase IQ Envoy'forintegrated revenue grade PV production metering i SURF CLEAN ENERG (ANSI C12.20+)-0.5%)and optional*consumption monitoring(+/-2.5 0). I 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS ACCESSORIES(order separately) SUITE 9207,HAUPPAUGE, ;Enphase Mobile Connect' I NY 11788,USA EnphaseThe Enphase IQ Cornbiner+� with Enphase 'CELLMODEM-03 OG/12-year data plan) Plug and play industrial grade cellular modem with data plan for systems up to 60 PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 CELLMODEM-01,(3G(5-year data plan) microinverters..(Available.in the US,Canada,Mexico,Puerto Rico,and the Us Virgin Islands, IQ Envoy'COi1SOIldateS interconnection 'CELLM mpt ODEM-M1(4G LTECAT-M1 J 5-yeardata plan) where there is adequate cellular service in the installation area.) REVISIONS �g _ _..,_ ._._- _,_. ..rin___.__. _.... _ _._----... .__ ,_ ._..._-. _-- .._ -.....__.,., _. .... .._._.. Consu ®� �� equipment into a single enclosure and CT-200-SPLIT MonitoringCT Split core current transformers enable whole home consumption metering*(+/-2.5%). DESCRIPTION DATE REV (X-IQ-AM1-240-2) streamlines PV and storage installations by (Cir(BRcuitBreakers Breaker,2pole„15A,Eaton BR215 providing a consistent,pre-wired solution for ;BRK-20A-2-240 Breaker,2 pole,20A,Eaton BR220 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS V•�' I residential applications. It offers up to four Rating y K. M9 1O Continuous duty C A 2-pole input circuits and Eaton BR series system voltage 240 VAC,60 HZ busbar assembly. Eaton BR series busbar rating 125 A Max.continuous current rating(output to grid) 65 A of CC Max.fuse/circuit rating(output) 90 A Branch circuits(solar and/or storage) _Up to four 2-pole Eaton BR series Distributed Generation(DG)breakers only(not included) OB Max._-.__...continuous current rating(input.from.PV) 64 A,' ! OFF$ .- _--_-. ---_--.:. .._ ._- __.__. _:__..__ _.._ __ - ____ SIGN Max.total branch circuit breaker rating(input) 80 A(any combination) Production,hleterin CT 200 A solid core re-installed and wired ..._ _.._...-. _-__., . ._ _.__ ..._,.__..._._.__-_..._._. .._-_- g p .• tolQ Envoy S PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS Smart MECHANICAL DATA Dimensions(1NxHxD) 49.3 x 46.5 x 16.0 cm(19.4"x 18.3"x 6.3') • Includes IQ Envoy for communication and control Weight 7.5 kg(16.5 Ibs) Flexible networking supports Wi-Fi, iAmbient temperature,ran a 400 C.to+46°C`-40°to 115°F _Ethernet,or cellular Cooling Natural convection,plus heat shield L t -.- Z Provides production metering and optional poir i Enclosure environmental rating Outdoor,NRTL-certified,NEMA type 3R,polycarbonate construction consumption monitoring _._ ___..._ .__- _... --.__:-_.._,._.p..- .,..._ _ _-_. .-._Pp___..-._. ...._,_..._._....__ ._.. _ I Q N U L� ' • Wire sizes • 20 A to 50 A breaker inputs: 14 to 4 AWG copper conductors I ,^i (i Supports installation of the 60 A breaker branch input: 3 to 1/0 AWG copper conductors Z U Enphase Q Aggregator Main lug combined output: 10 to 2/0 AWG copper conductors J l.li ,•i ,., 9 P PP J r i11', %`• u s ii __. .____.______.._._ _.____ - AlwaysNeutrfollow al and 9ocal ode requiremeround: 14 to 1/0 nts srfor conductor sizing. _ _.__ 1(j :,, ,• �t*n��t-.1 ,�' +' r j Simple !Altitude To 2000 meters(6,560 feet) 7 z Eaton BR series paneiboard interior INTERNET CONNECTION OPTIONS _ W Up to four 2-pole branch circuits for 240 VAC ,`Integrated'Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n plug-in (not _..-.,.._-_ ___.................. ... ...._...__...._ -...__.-. __.._....�__...-... ._......__..... .____._._.._,_..._.,,_.,Y._ _-.__ _.,_._.__ � ^ P g- ( ) Ethernet 802.3,Cat5E(or Cat 6)UTP Ethernet cable-not included Z Y V i I { 80 A total PV or storage branch circuits .. ., -___ ' -._ _ .,_ ... O. -_ - ) V 9 Cellular Optional,CELLMODEM-01(3G)or CELLMODEM-03(4G)(not included, < COMPLIANCE Bailable Compllance;Combiner UL 1741 _ LL O • Durable NRTL-certified NEMA type 47 RSPart 5?Class 8710ES 003 t NI CF 3R enclosure q_ -,--- Production metering:,ANSI C12.20 accuracy class 0.5(PV production) Compliance,IQ Envoy UL 916 Five-year warranty CAN/CSA C22.2 No.61010-1 UL listed *U� Consumption monitoring is required for Enphase Storage Systems. SHEET NAME EQUIPMENT LISTED To learn more about Enphase offerings,visit enphase.com SPECIFICATIONS To learn more about Enphase offerings,visit en hase.com E N P H�S E, QJ 201 B Enphase Energy All rights reserved.All trademarks or brands in this document are registered by their respective owner. E N P H e S E• SHEET SIZE P g p 2018-05-02 �� r ANSI B 11'r X 171' SHEET NUMBER PV-11 kb AEA IRONRIDGE XR Rail Family XR Rail Family SURF CLEAN The XR Rail Family offers the strength of a curved rail in three targeted sizes. Each size supports specific ENERGY" Scalar Is Mot Always Sunny design loads,while minimizing material costs. Depending on your location,there is an XR Rail to match. SURF CLEAN ENERGY �! 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS Over their lifetime,solar panels experience countless ` _ SUITE#207,HAUPPAUGE, NY 11788,USA extreme weather events. Not just the worst storms in years, '"` "�J PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 but the worst storms in 40 years. High winds capable of ripping panels from a roof,and snowfalls weighing `�, -` - --' i. = -_--_._------ REVISIONS enough to buckle a panel frame. r f� .-:____ ' �._._: -�- � DESCRIPTION DATE REV XR Rails are the structural backbone preventing IN " these results.They resist uplift, protect XR10 XR100 XR1000 against buckling and safely and efficiently ° t' ,:,, "°— XR10 Is a sleek,low-profile mounting XR100 is the ultimate residential XR1000 Is a heavyweight among gi9�L► 1t11 I transfer loads into the building structure. :�' ' " ' y rail,designed for regions with light or mounting rail.It supports a range Of solar mounting rails.It's built to handleK, y Their superior spanning capability t no snow.It achieves 6foot spans,while wind and snow conditions,while also extreme climates andspans 12 feet or �s O requires fewer roof attachments, '� < `' �i remaining light and economical. maximizing spans up to 8 feet. more for commercial applications. ,,,.,;..bra' �:r 2 reducing the number of roof f' g -'s;-° a •:� 6' annin ca abil• 8's annin ca abili 12's annin capability : -',`. �:.k sP 9 p �N P 9 capability P 9 penetrations and the amount v. �,� :- �r :. � `` Moderate load capability Heavy load capability Extreme load capability Clear anodized finish Clear&black anodized finish Clear anodized finish r of installation time. _ :'_ „°• �.� Internal splices available Internal splices available Internal splices available Rail Selection FssloNP`' The following table was prepared In compliance with applicable engineering codes and standards. Values are PROJECT NAME ADDRESS based on the following criteria:ASCE 7-10, Roof Zone 1, Exposure B, Roof Slope of 7 to 27 degrees and Mean Building Height of 30 ft. Visit IronRidge.com for detailed span tables and certifications. sr, „ Z (/� : j°4 Fl.. Lam yy�+- J. c ;;�; r Y k '.s�F 47{ , i 1 lY .e .•,� n�.{ y;pd�4 C 7 4 -�Gar.--.. Z v , ` •Ii .Al.:, 1b '. a�T9 . "'y VJ.- Ali 11 r'rr 1 F.s`4,' -� y ` 1. -3� 3+k`r,6t. SjS , N :F}v y-` '` C , r•. "•,.! Force-Stabilizing Curve 100 Sloped roofs generate both vertical and lateral 120 forces on mounting rails which can cause them to bend and twist.The curved shape of XR Rails None is specially designed to increase strength in both 140 XR10 XR100 X_R1000 r" directions while resisting the twisting.This unique Z Z feature ensures greater security during extreme 160 weather and a longer system lifetime. 100 120 140 '*,-:� °tiu. ;..;gyp'`T+i:*' ' • 160 l �. O �! Q 100 ____... --- __ ----• 30 160 f Compatible with Flat&Pitched Roofs P Corrosion-Resistant Materials 100 � SHEET NAME XR Rails are s:., konRid a offers All XR Rails are made of marine-grade 40 compatible with o' a range of tilt leg aluminum alloy,then protected with an 160 I EQUIPMENT FlashFootand a options for flat anodized finish.Anodizing prevents surface rovidi: SPECIFICATIONS other pitched roof : roof mounting and structural corrosion,while also P n9 .r'' 50-70 160 attachments. ;.fir applications. a more attractive appearance. it - SHEET SIZE 80-90 160 - ANSI B t L t f 1, �' r> k41': 3 a •a• a Y� >7"• ,.". --_.<.._-. Y.. ,. .• ..'..-�.e " - +'v ;4 SHEET NUMBER PV-12 ,f. IRONR10GE L-Foot. SURF CLEAN ENERGY' SURF CLEAN ENERGY 111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS SUITE#207,HAUPPAUGE, NY 11788,USA PHONE NO.:(866)631-7873 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE REV Fb t i 1 yA0 1 Item Number' Component, .Q0 68 1. FOOT,EXTRUDED L-SLOTTED fiFSS1014 PROJECT NAME&ADDRESS Pdrt Ntimbbi.. Desdilptlon LFT-03-Ml SLOTI`ED L-FOOT;MILL LFf-03-B1 SLOTTED L400T,BLACK. O Q Z i goof, Extruded L:Slot#ed: csi O J r Lo .42 T Z Z + W O z Y U J O a � c �1.22; O Q Q 3 0,0 1 co 1,92 SHEET NAME EQUIPMENT Property Alum u u®inum SPECIFICATIONS Material finish• N1iil Bfack, SHEET SIZE VlAQ ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER Y'»,`u'�'".fJ�,d�r;�„` pr��_:wCkr^,r ..>'cX,yy43�rk i.�,5t%.,�,^.sw'..c"k_t'x�..,iI a.,r�u,,r,'�G,s..�•i i.SM.�:',J.Y`'�>.`a;,',c- r,^W " " . � Y 1�i� rc�a , Tom Petersen Y Architects Planners Construction Official July 12,2022 Building Department for project at: November 22, 2022 revised 610 Jackson landing Mattituck,NY 11952 Re: Solar Panel Installation Toscano Residence 610 Jacksons landing Mattituck,NY 11952 Dear Sirs, I've reviewed the proposed solar panel installation at this location to evaluate the existing roof structure and the connection of the panels to the roof. Criteria: Applicable codes: 2020 Residential Code of New York State (pub. date:Nov., 2019) 2018 Wood Frame Construction Manual Design roof load: 20 psf live(ground snow)load, 10 psf dead load,30 psf total load Design wind load: 130 mph My findings are as follows. l. The new solar panels will imply an additional dead load of 3 psf. The existing roof structure (2x I 0 roof rafters @ 16"o.c.,with collar ties and 2x 12 ridge,span=+/- 17'-4") is sufficient to bear this additional load. Any assumed, inaccessible or concealed structural members not documented during the initial site analysis will be verified by the solar panel system installers prior to the system installation,and any discrepancies will be reported to the Architect in writing. 2. The solar panels.are attached to the roof with the rack system,connectors and components as shown on the attached drawings. The rack system,roof connections and connection spacing are rated for 130 mph. It is a violation ofNYSED 7209 for any person,unless acting under the direction-of a licensed- professional,to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of a licensed professional is altered,the altering licensed professional must attach the notation`altered by' with his seal,signature, date of alteration,and description of the alteration. I therefore certify that this installation complies with the applicable codes and design loads mentioned above,as well as ASCE 7-16, and is acceptable for approval. Please let me know if you have any questions on this information. Thanks! D aR�ti Sincerely yours, �o Pg F.PETF I � Tom Petersen " N�'9J. 03 40 Cc: Swapnil Prabhu,Surf Clean Energy F OF NE,14 6 Country Lane•Howell,New Jersey 07731 •Telephone 732-730-1763,Fax 732-730-1783 aAn PHOTOVOLTAIC 32 MODULES-ROOF MOUNTED - 12.80 kWDC, 15.20 kWAC SURF CLEAN 610 JACKSONS LANDING, MATTITUCK, 11952 USA SURFCLEANE HI-62275,111 SMITHTO THTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW SYSTEM SUMMARY: YORK11788 LGENRAC -HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G10+(400W)MODULES DESIGN CRITERIA: GOVERNING CODES: SHEET INDEX PH-6314662608 -GENERAC X7602 INVERTER ROOF TYPE:-COMP SHINGLE NUMBER 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE(NEC) PV-0 COVER SHEET tom@T CREATED BY NIRAC INCOF LAYERS: 01 2020 NEW YORK STATE UNIFORM CODE PLAN SET CREATED BY UNIRAC IN -JUNCTION BOX PV-1 SITE PLAN WITH ROOF PLAN REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL 0A MAIN SERVICE PANEL WITH (E) 100A MAIN BREAKER ROOF FRAME:-2"X10"RAFTER @16"O.C. 2020 NEW YORK STATE RESIDENTIAL CODE PV-2 ROOF PLAN WITH MODULES VERSION 0A FUSED AC DISCONNECT STORY:-TWO STORY PV-3 ATTACHMENT DETAILS DESCRIPTION DATE -125A LOAD CENTER SNOW LOAD :-25 PSF PV-3.1 BOM DETAILS -GENERAC SNAPRS801 RAPID SHUTDOWN UNITS WIND SPEED:- 127 MPH PV-3.2 ELEVATION REVISION Z!JI 08//32022 REVISION Q OB/1312022 -GENRAC PV-LINK APKE00010 STRING OPTIMIZERS WIND EXPOSURE:-B PV-4 STRING LAYOUT - 125A PROTECTED LOADS PANEL EXPOSURE CATEGORY:-II PV-5 ELECTRICAL LINE DIAGRAM REVISION 2� 09/10/2022 -GENERAC PWRCELL M6 DCB BATTERY CABINET(18 kWh) PV-6 ELECTRICAL CALCULATION Thomas I.Petersen IA� PV-7 PLACARDS&WARNING LABELS 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 PV-8 ADDITIONAL NOTES License u 035290 PV-9 OPTIMIZER CHART �ptEDq�, PV-10+ EQUIPMENT SPEC SHEETS G�r,� F P'tj, F0 i "4 r E Off' y �OF E`K N y GENERAL NOTES: ARRAY LOCATION PROJECT SITE - _ 4� 1. INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. PROJECT NAME 2. ENGINEER TO INSPECT PROJECT AFTER INSTALLATION AND CERTIFY COMPLIANCE, 3. PROJECT TO BE INSTALLED WITH CODE COMPLIANT RACKING INSTRUCTIONS FOR UNI-RAC SOLAR MOUNT ' O SYSTEM. O Z < c O 4. FOLLOW BALLASTING SCHEDULE ON ROOF PLAN. 5. THE SOLAR INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR,COMPLIES Q 0 O H WITH ALL LICENSING&ALL RELATED REQUIREMENTS Z CN C) Q OF THE GOVERNING MUNICIPALITIES AND THE LOCAL Cn g O � O ELECTRIC UTILITYAHJ'S. + k6l0 Jackson O U o Z 6. THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT NEC '. H Z O } LL Y Landing, Mattituck... v, O Y M O REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING ARTICLE 690 SOLAR _ 7 U � J PHOTOVOLTAIC PV SYSTEMS. Q 0 j 7. THE ROOF WILL HAVE NO MORE THAN A SINGLE LAYER Mattrtuck ;`€�- Q U F— O O F OF ROOF COVERING IN ADDITION TO THE SOLAR = < F-- 0 EQUIPMENT. ~ O < Z 8. INSTALLATION WILL BE FLUSH-MOUNTED, PARALLEL TO AND NO MORE THAN 6.5"ABOVE ROOF 1 O Q Q 9. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 18"CLEARANCE AT RIDGE ` '' AND AT ONE GABLE EAVE JII{E' Laurel 10. THIS DESIGN COMPLIES WITH 127 MPH WIND w ... REQUIREMENTS OF THE RESIDENTIAL CODE OF N.Y.S ., SHEET NAME ANDREVE TH COVER SHEET 11. WHEREVER THE ROOF PLAN DOES NOT COMPLY WITH :-,, ,.. �S ACCESS AND VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ### —` Mi} AMW. UNIFORM CODE, HARVEST POWER PROPOSES THAT dames a ALTERNATIVE VENTILATION METHODS WILL BE SHEET SIZE EMPLOYED. REVIEW AND APPROVAL SHALL BE AT THE ANSI B DISCRETION OF THE MUNICIPALITY IN WHICH THIS 1 DOCUMENT HAS BEEN FILED. AERIAL PHOTO 2 VICINITY MAP N 11" X 17" 4z 12. THE DESIGN PLANS COMPLY WITH THE 2020 NEW PV-0 SCALE:NTS PV-0 SCALE:NTS W YORK STATE UNIFORM FIRE PREVENTION AND $ SHEET NUMBER RESIDENTIAL BUILDING CODE. P /_0 S f_ V ROOF ACCESS POINT SHALL BE LOCATED IN AREAS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE THE PLACEMENT OF GROUND LADDERS OVER OPENINGS SUCH AS WINDOWS OR LAN I N G DOORS,AND LOCATED AT STRONG POINTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IN AC K5 O N 5 LOCATIONS WHERE THE ACCESS POINT DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH OVERHEAD �� SURF CLEAN OBSTRUCTIONS SUCH AS TREE LIMBS,WIRES OR SIGNS. f ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY PROPERTY LINE "'$4.55� — G' '� , I HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW � , YO 8 PH-6314662314662608 O 1 tom@surfGeanenergy.com 01 // I I PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC I REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL VERSION r 1 � '�� I � DESCRIPTION DATE Z I EXISTING _ I 1 NB � � BLDO.PERT 07/072022 m DRIVEWAY 1 00 REVISION Q 08/132022 I 1 REVISION ® 09/102022 IThomas I.Petersen 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 CONDUIT RUN (7/ INCHES R EMT (N)125 LOAD CENTER License#035290 CT ABOVE ROOF) ��taEDAp (02)GENERAC X7602 INVERTER �G\y Ng F.PC, SiJ� 14' �r a ROOF ACCESS POINT (N)125A PROTECTED LOADS PANEL s I ' N)GENERAC PWRCELL M6 DCB N� �� I 1 ( 5290 BATTERY CABINET(18 kWh) 9��Of NE`►tAO� t (E)UTILITY METER I Tw -STORY USE (N)100A FUSED AC DISCONNECT PROJECT NAME I I (E) 100A MAIN SERVICE PANEL I I WITH(E) 100A MAIN BREAKER (N)JUNCTION BOX(TYP.) 00 p O Z (¢ a0D O I Z R F# U Z 04 o D -� 482)HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO (n � � Q 0) O _ $'_$" < , �� BLK-G10+(400W)MODULES 0 O O Z (q C (n �' (L LIL (n o Y M o U V o j O p Q *k O -0 o zz = O Q Q (E)TREE(TYP.) . SHEET NAME SITE PLAN WITH ROOF PLAN LINE SHEET SIZE _ -- ---'�;��v" �N ANSI B ^' `---- 84.55 11" X 17" SHEET NUMBER ,� SITE PLAN WITH ROOF PLAN �r p\, r v_1 BILL OF MATERIALS MODULE TYPE, DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT EQUIPMENT QTY DESCRIPTION ARRAY AREA & ROOF AREA CALC'S ROOF DESCRIPTION NUMBER OF MODULES=32 MODULES ROOF MODULE TYPE=HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G10+ RAIL 19 NXT HORIZON 168"DARK ARRAY ROOF ROOF TYPE COMP SHINGLE ROOF SURF CLEAN ROOF #OF AREA AREA AREA ROOF RAFTER RAFTER (400W)MODULES MODULES COVERED BY ROOF AZIMUTH MODULE WEIGHT=48.50 LBS!22.0 KG. SPLICE 16 NXT HORIZON RAIL SPLICE (Sq.Ft.) (Sq.Ft.) ARRAY(%) TILT SIZE SPACING NXT HORIZON COMBO CLAMP- #1 #1 SURF CLEAN ENERGY UNIVERSAL CLAMP 70 MODULE DIMENSIONS= 74"X 41.10"=21.12 SF DARK 32 675.87 928.37 72.80 25° 175" 2"x6" 16"O.C. HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN UNIT WEIGHT OF ARRAY=2.30 PSF ACCESSORIES 12 INXT HORIZON RL&CLMP CAP KIT BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE, NEW ATTACHMENT 71 UNIRAC FLASHLOC DUO PLUMBING VENTS, SKYLIGHTS AND MECHANICAL VENTS SHALL YORK11788 NOT BE COVERED, MOVED, RE-ROUTED OR RE-LOCATED. PH-6314662608 PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES MLPE&GROUNDING 36 NXT HORIZON MLPE&LUG °O tom surfcleanenergy.com HANWHA Q CELLS Q.PEAK DUO CLAMP NOTE:ACTUAL ROOF CONDITIONS AND RAFTER(OR SEAM) PLAN SET CREATED BY UNIRAC INC BLK ML-G10+ (400W) RAIL CLAMP 71 STRONGHOLD RAIL CLAMP DRK LOCATIONS MAY VARY. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER(S) REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL 74„ INSTALLATION GUIDELINES AND ENGINEERED SPANS FOR VERSION ATTACHMENTS DESCRIPTION DATE C K5 O N 5 LAN DO.PERMQIT 07/07/2022 I A REVISION 08/13/2022 J a REVISION 2 09/10/2022 YARD Thomas I.Petersen 36"FIRE PATHWAY FRONT 67 West St,Brooklyn NY 11222 License#035290 9 BRED AR- M (N) 125 LOAD ENTER �C_yN �s�PC,F�y%� (02)GENE C X7602 INVERTER n� 18"FIRE PATHWAY (N) 125A PR4ECTED LOADS PANELCO N� k 035290 V OQ r (N)GENERAC PWRCELL M6 DCB OF NS T BATTERY CABINET(18 kWh) m U� s PROJECT NAME DG _ (E)UTILITY M TER 18"FIRE PATHWAY (N)3/4"OR GREATER EMT CONDUIT RUN 18"FIRE PATHWAY (N) 100A FUSE AC DISCONNECT O (7/8 INCHES ABOVE ROOF)TYP. O O J I I I I I rn (E) 100A MAI SERVICE PANEL Z p D o :r (N)JUNCTION BOX(TYP.) (_ T WITH(E)10 A MAIN BREAKER Q Z CV p ~ IIIII IIIIIIIII II m � ' ( I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I D o g ° o z (N)COMP SHINGLE ROOF(TYP.) _ IIIIiII IIIIIt1 IIIIIIIII =. - 1 LEGEND z � o ROOF#1 IIIII IIIIIIIIIIII cn o �[ � o II III I I I I II I I I I I I IiI I MSP Y UTILITY METER(32)HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO BLK G10+(400W)MODULES Uo SERVICE C3 O (E)2"X6"RAFTERS @ 16"O.C. (TYP.) I I I I I IIIIIIIIIIII I FA_CD! AC DISCONNECT F- p Q Z ~ I 3'-0" INV INVERTER Q Q (N)(71)UNIRAC FLASHLOC DUO 45'-0" Do]) JUNCTION BOX ATTACHMENTS SPACED AT 48"O.C. 3'-4" LC LOAD CENTER ROOF#1 SHEET NAME TILT-26° PLP PROTECTED LOAD PANEL (N)NXT HORIZON RAIL AZIMUTH-175° ROOF PLAN BATTERY CABINET WITH MODULES p R ��(�D CONDUIT SHEET SIZE \EA ------ RAFTER ANSI B • ROOF ATTACHMENT ` 11" X 17" ROOF PLAN WITH MODULES VENT,ATTIC FAN /111 (ROOFOBSTRUCTION) ` SHEET NUMBER 1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" CHIMNEY 1 PV-2 FIRE PATHWAY NOTE:ACTUAL ROOF CONDITIONS AND RAFTER(OR SEAM) LOCATIONS MAY VARY.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER(S) to INSTALLATION GUIDELINES AND ENGINEERED SPANS FOR SURF CLEAN ATTACHMENTS ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW PV MODULES YOR PH- 31<4662608 tomCsurtcleanenergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL VERSION ENLARGE VIEW DESCRIPTION I DATE 1 O V BLDO.PERNIIT 07/072022 6 REVISION 1 oa/132022 REVISION © 09/102022 Thomas/.Petersen COMP SHINGLE ROOF Z`�1� 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 License#035290 SV'REU AqC F,PC R;x F s N9T 035290 O FOP NE`NA TTACHMENT DETAIL 1 SCALE: NTS PROJECT NAME SS SERRATED FLANGE NUT o p p OQ o -� NXT HORIZON COMBO CLAMP " - j o M: (N) PV MODULE U g LO o Q p o Z O STRONGHOLD RAIL CLAMP DIRK Z o � O Y ch N (N) NXT HORIZON RAIL Q � U Q z (N) UNIRAC FLASHLOC DUO BASE MILL OR DARK O U o O _ < F- ;�, (E) COMP SHINGLE ROOF a Q L0 r, ROOF/ DECK MEMBRANE Q SHEET NAME Z ATTACHMENT m FLASHLOC DTD MILL OR DARK DETAIL LU o (E)2"X10" RAFTER @ 16" O.C. SHEET SIZE N #(2) 5/16" X4" OR 4 1/2" 18-8 LAG SCREW ANSI B 11" X 17" TTACHMENT DETAIL ENLARGED VIEW SHEET NUMBER 2 SCALE: NTS PV-3 SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 PH-6314662608 tom@surfcleanenergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE BLDG.PERMIT 07/07/2022 REVISION 08/13/2022 REVISION 09/10/2022 Thomas f.Petersen 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 License#035290 ,;,RRE�DPAg(, :F 1 N I O A C U-BUILDER PROJECT REPORT ENGINEERING REPORT Roof Area 1:Array 1 � rs�f r�y/T�lJ�V I</'1 - s2 � Landscape Modules-Rails Running Across Slope ' Plan review Inspection SirnotFcr RrtE ERgEcrm CREATED Plan .� L SPANS nxi ,,It 3N,iR.it lA MAXIMUM POINT LOADSILAS) t.ar 1N 1R,Y SE NXT HORIZON A0578F5C July 7,2022,1:45 p.m. Distributed Dead load 256psf PRDDUCT NIT HORIZON °[:IpN[P.NINON[xr 9j�033290 TOC- os[DI 48 4E Up -89.4 .155.9 -203,6 OF NVil"i Udnwha/Q-CPIIS MANutAcruAEa D[sleN SPAN 1[xrosEDl N N Up)Exposed) 139.3 -239.1 -310.6 Des, d0-rac.com 'Average Roof Point Dead Load NAME Thomas Toscano gnetl by govin 25.411135 MODEL 32-Q.Pedk Duo BLK MIL 400W ma.Cantilever(NorvEzpozed) 16 IS 16 Down(Non-Exposed) 134.2 1342 134.2 1�!- NEXT HORIZON UBuR UBuiltler V3 ADDRESS 610 Jackson Landing Hanwna/Q-Cells rout NursER or MoouL[wdm 400 watts N'ax Cantilever(Exposed) �sod 16 16 16 Down(Ex pow) 134 2 134.2 134.2 MopvL[s STATE Mattituck,NY 32-Q Peak Duo ELK ML-GI 0140OW UBUiIder V3 - Max Span(Non Exposed) 87 83 76 Downsl°pe(Non-Exposed) 54.8 54.8 54.8 675.87 h2 TOTAL z.eoKw MODULE LENGTH 74.0o PROJECT NAME MOout[ Hanwha!O Celis Q.Peak DUO HLK ML-G10.400W [%ax Span(Exposed) 86 72 56 DOwnsiOpe(Exposed) 54.8 54.8 54.8 UBuiltler V3 12.80 KW TOTAL AREA -676(,' MODULE WIDTH 41.10" MODULE THICKNES11 1.26 Lateral(Non-Exposetl) la IS is Loads Used for Design :dN[s ,,:[ :N.1R,a[ SET Lateral(Exposed) 1.8 1.8 1.8 NOTE, Ido-Df the pro eR s Int riled to ha en r the f t dell .din UGuilder.if I :t OM lease MODULE WEIGHT 48.50 hs No Or RALSI RPOSEDI 2 z 1 I pp yearn prolec gr year ASCE716 ezrA Tributary Area(NOn-Exposed)Ihz7 6.9 6.9 6.9 C3 rerun cpntaR Unirac En Mr n Semces eulLomG coot it, r.g NSIo,JoiN" Every 10 No os AMLRNoN-Ext05[DI 2 2 ] 0 -sit WIND SPl[o 127.00 mph RAILsmRFrnoN EW TnhuGry Area(Exposedl lftzl 6.9 6.9 6.9 -- `7l J BILL OF MATERIALS y ry 4ROUNDSNCHWLOAU 25,00 ,UILDiNpHEipN 27• Q o o O LEGEND:•Bases stem part■A«essoD oEM4N nEsswEsr Tx xN,zA aE sR Roor rrtcN: 30.00 h - stiSMrc tssi 0.156 woos nvE UIPINOn-Exposed) -13.1 .22A -29.7 (1 Z Q Shingle vJ .-F PART AIEE9fED UNR PRICE TOTAL OST PRICF 49W 11 Up(Exposed) -20.3 -349 45.3 y Z O NUMEFR rARTTYPE DESCRIPTION QIIRNIRt QIIAMSITY (USES) (D$D) ELEvrioN Roof SUasmUR Rafters ` '^ //� � O VJ wwo[zeosudt 0 ♦STAG DOWn(Non Exposed) 196 19.6 19.6 U) r Q LL TOPOGMPHIULrACTOR Kzr t00 ATTACHMENT E Hashl°c Duo _ 168RL01 NIT H00.12ON RAIL-168"DARN 19 Do-(Exposed) 19A 19.6 19.6 /� O Y 0 '••� O RASTER SP•cwG 24.00" tJJ RLSPLCMi Sphce NKT HORIZON RAIL SPLICE 16 ' AOz cATEcoRr II TOTAL WEIGHT Downsiope 8.0 BA 8.0 Q y/ Z 1732.0a his I dtaral 0.3 0.3 0.3 O / L O Z O Loads Determined by Zip11952 Row s.aiNc oso' CUAMPDI .-I Clamp NM HORIZON COMBO CLAMP- 70 ,. DARK COLUMN SPACING 050 I- Rn.STATE Mattituck,NY Clamp Checks-Exposed tones M1D CLAMP NM HORIZON COMBO CLAMP (:) C Z 004275D Ip Roof FLASHLOC DUO DARK 71 68 SEi'.�.. NOSAPID G <hmlyd 1/9.00 mph [ EONEa r:t MAMIt SR ND C1AMr NIT HORIZON COMBO CLAMP f0 0- Q GROurvD Show LORD 2500 EndcoNN[cnoN.nr[ Erdl1hd Entl-Mid Mid.Mld End-Erd End-MW WWII) Entl-End End-Mid Mid-Mid Q SHCLMPDi Clamp STRONGHOLD RAIL CLAMP DRK 71 U8 3,79 26909 Up Load N/A 425 425 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A •Cakulated W.ad on sugges[ed try a,-on part fist, LUGMLPEI MLPE A GrouMing NM HORIZON MLPE 8 LUG 36 37 3.09 111.16 Check OR OK OK OK OK Of OK OR OK CLAMP Side Load N/A 425 425 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SHEET NAME Check OK OK OK OK OK OR OR OK OK ENDCAPOI Accessories NIT HORIZON RL B CUMP CAP KIT 12 20 0.95 11,40 BOM DETAILS Lateral Load N/A 425 425 N/A N/A N/A WA N/A N/A •Rove re9u,nnK expanNon,olnts will nave 2 mo'a-d!clamps and l lass mid Clamp thantypltally Nmuked toaccommodaie expansion loin, Check OK OK OR OK OK OK OK OK OK SHEET SIZE EASE SYSTEM MICE S2141i I ACCESSORIES PRICE $122.64 TOTAL PRICE S2270.29 ANSI B $0.168 PER WATT $0.010 PER WATT $O 1777 PER WATT 1111 X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-3.1 (N)PV MODULES IN)PV MODULES n 2\. SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 1.(E)UTILITY PH-6314662608 METER tom@surfcleanenergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC 2.AC REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL DISCONNECT M � VERSION F-1171 N DESCRIPTION DATE BLDG.PERMIT 07/07/2022 (E)UTILITY ME ER REVISION Q 08/13/2022 REVISION 2Q 09/10/2022 El EE Thomas f.Petersen 57 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 License#!035290 �ERED ARC #4G�5 ry F.PCr yid, DODO OO�O N�j. 03329c� GROUND LEVEL (N)BATTERY o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o ROUND LEVEL FOF NE`Ny� REAR OF HOUSE ELEVATION 2 SIDE OF HOUSE ELEVATION SCALE: Custom SCALE: Custom PROJECT NAME 5/8 Type X GWB is installed i n T7 ITI 1 > rr n WEST SIDE OF HOUSE on ceiling and walls of garage I IIIIIIIIIIIII with a 45 min.fire rated - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 111J1J1 �'L - - - - � p F- - - - - - I INSIDE OF GARAGE FRONT SIDE o z 0 o self-closing door from the - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - garage to the house I I OF HOUSE Q o Z) o = I III I 0 V zL0 o Q � (N)LOAD CENTER (N)PROTECTED g O "T Z O EXISTING CELLAR EXISTING GARAGE II ( LOADS PANEL 0 � O Z U) (E)UTILITY METER U) O LL Q O v _j Z I I I Y o LJ r , I O Q — o p 77 �� L J I I III ' LJ ~ Z 2 SERVICE PANEL I � o I 11 I I I Q Q WITH(E)100A MAIN L I I L L J II I BREAKER — — — (N)GENERAC X7602 I �2TE (N)GENERAC SHEET NAME (E)UTILITY METER I (N)LOAD CENTER I PWRCELL M6 DCB (N)GENERAL X7602 (N)100A FUSED AC BATTERY INVERTER ELEVATION DISCONNECT 5/8 Type X GWB is installed — — _ _ _ Z n I on ceiling and walls of garage SHEET SIZE with a 45 min.fire rated (N) 100A Ft11SED AC ——— I self-closing door from the DISC NNECT ANSI B ——— C + r ra e to the house 11" X 17" I I L-- -----. L——__j SHEET NUMBER FLOOR PLAN _ J (N)GENERAC PWRCELL 4E�R'ICA-t�UIPMENT ELEVATION _ M6 DCB BATTERY PV-3.2 SCE: NTS = CABINET(18 kW,) LE: NTS kwu`A P Are J L�� Q� s ,20 Y� � S . radt � ems (32)HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G10+(400W)MODULES (04) GENRAC PV-LINK APKE00010 STRING OPTIMIZERS (32) GENERAC SNAPRS801 RAPID SHUTDOWN UNITS SURF CLEAN ENERGY (04)STRINGS OF 08 MODULES CONNECTED IN SERIES PER STRING. SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 PH-6314662608 tom@surfcleanenergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL VERSION 1� C K5 O N 5 LAN D I N G DESCRIPTION DATE 1 A BLDO.PERMIT 07/07/2022 .—] �J REVISION ,�L 08/13/2022 F RO NT YARD REVISION ,L2N, 09/10/2022 1 Thomas t.Petersen 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 Ucense#035290 .�E4tED q�C ppT Qs/j�C1 F • 1 0�5290 p� �OF N£`tt-t m PROJECT NAME 18"FIRE PATHWAY \ \ \ 18"FIRE PATHWAY W 0 — A ZZ co Go 0 - � 0 2 (04)GENRAC PV-LINK APKE00010 _ Q Z 04C) ~ STRING OPTIMIZERS - - g LO Z O I `� O � 0 ROOF#1 (32)HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO { V) O Y cv O BLK-G10+(400W)MODULES I _ - — Q U) j J Y o H STRING#1 I V 0 - _ 2 < F- (32)GENERAC SNAPRS801 f— p Q Z RAPID SHUTDOWN UNITS _ 2 = Q Q STRING#2 STRING#3 STRING#4 SHEET NAME REAR YARD BRANCH LAYOUT SHEET SIZE ANSI B 11" x 17"STRING LAYOUT SHEET NUMBER SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" Jy PV-4 (32) HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G10+(40OW)MODULES 'I BILL OF MATERIALS (04)GENRAC PV-LINK APKE00010 STRING OPTIMIZERS - (32) GENERAC SNAPRS801 RAPID SHUTDOWN UNITS EQUIPMENT QTY DESCRIPTION SURF CLEAN (04) STRINGS OF 08 MODULES CONNECTED IN SERIES PER STRING. SOLAR PV MODULE 32 HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO BLK-G10+(400W)MODULES FnFRGr SURF CLEAN ENERGY SYSTEM SIZE:-32 x 400W= 12.80 kWDC INVERTER 2 GENERAC X7602 STRING-INVERTER HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN GE,NEW AC DISCONNECT 1 240VAC, 100A FUSED WITH 80A FUSES,NEMA 3R,UL LISTED RK11 BYPASS,HAUPPAUAU SYSTEM SIZE:-02 x 7.60VA= 15.20 kWAC PH-YO RK11 88 LOAD CENTER 1 125A LOAD CENTER 2608 tom@surfcleanenergy.com RAPID SHUTDOWN 32 GENERAC SNAPRS801 RAPID SHUT DOWN UNITS PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC UNITS REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL 08 MODULES CONNECTED IN STRING#1 Y CONNECTOR 2 Y CONNECTOR VERSION r — — — — — — — DESCRIPTION DATE PV-LINK 04 GENRAC PV-LINK APKE00010 STRING OPTIMIZERS BL.DO.PERNT 07/072022 I + - B + 7 + - + + + #3 + + #1 RATED POWER 12500W OOOt00PTIM12ER,(TYP.) MPPT VOLTAGE RANGE:60 TO 380V JUNCTION BOX 2 600V,55A MAX,4 INPUTS,MOUNTED ON ROOF FOR WIRE&CONDUIT TRANSITION REVISIONS oB/13ao22 MAX OUTPUT CURRENT: 2 REVISION 09/10/2022 MAX OUTPUT VOLTAGE:420V NOMINALOUTPUT:390V LOAD PANEL 1 125A PROTECTED LOADS PANEL MAX SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT.18ARAPID Thomas f.Petersen GROUND_FAULOT PROTECTCO PLIANT KXJ COMPLIANT 31 CONDUIT BATTERY 1 GENERAC PWRCELL M6 DCB BATTERY CABINET(18 kWh) 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 (1)#10 AWG THWN-2+RED #10 AWG 2-BLACK License#035290 L----------------------_._. —y (1)08THWN2GND 08 MODULES CONNECTED IN STRING#2 VCONNECTOR F PC + + 7 t 5 + + #3 + 2 + #1 I (N7)J43OX#1 BI-DIRECTIONAL Z 4 (N)GENERAL#1 UTILITY METER i •. INVERTER#1 I 12OVr24OV,60Hz N� �- I 30A -K CT(CAT5) —` 9� 035290 OQ- - -- ---� ~ I IcOffNE� l L————————————————————————— ——— OB MODULES CONNECTED IN STRING#3 L— + 8 + 7 + - + 5 + #4 + _#3 + 2 + 01 (3)98 AWG THWN THWN GIND IN)125A LOAD IN 3/4"EMT CONDUIT RUN I CENTER 240VAC LINE SIDE TAP L PROJECT NAME (N)AC DISCONNECT Red A 100A FUFUS S,240 VAC (2)010 AWG USE-2 PV WIRE+Black_ BOA FUSES 100A L_------------------------- (1)06 BARE CU GND I I (E)100AMAIN _ 0 08 MODULES CONNECTED IN STRING#4 L——— ——— T——— --— —— ———— —1 WITH(E)IOOAEL O O Q o r— — — — — — — I I MAIN BREAKER 7 Z U� 00 O 314"CONDUIT I L + + 7 + - + 5 + + #3 + + #1 I Ilia,D AWG THWN-2?BLACK I+REDI I (TOP FED) Q 0 I (1)08 THWN-2 GND (3)#3 AVVG THWN 04 a IN)GENERAC X7602 I I (1)#8 AWG THNM GND I Z LO 0 Q O I I (N)J-BOX#2 INVERTER#2 I I IN 1" M EMT CONDUIT RUN I CT(CATS)] I I LO (n r Z CD 30A """ F_ I I (3)#8 AWG THWN ( Z 0 O 771 I (1)#8 AWG THWN GND I O U M —— 3 A I IN 3/4"EMT CONDUIT RUN Q � Z i ---------- 11 -- O U - o O Y-CONNECTOR I L EXIZNG GROUNDING O Q 3/4"CONDUIT SYSTEM a (3)#10 AWG THWN-2+RED I I = (3)#08 AWG THWN-2-BLACK 'w I Q Q (1)#8 THWN-2 GND (N)GENERAL I z PWRCELL M6 DCB x Iw BATTERY CABINET F 18 kWh I w — SHEET NAME L (N)125A PROTECTED ELECTRICAL LINENFO.LOADS PANEL SERVICE I DIAGRAM 3/4"CONDUIT J (3)#06 AWG THWN-2+RED UTILITY PROVIDER: N/A SHEET SIZE l (3)#08 AWG THWN-2-BLACK MAIN SERVICE VOLTAGE: 240V ANSI B (1)#8 THWN-2 GND MAIN PANEL BRAND: N/A 1111 X 17" MAIN SERVICE PANEL: (E)100A ELECTRICAL LINE DIAGRAM MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER RATING: (E)100A SHEET NUMBER MAIN SERVICE LOCATION: WEST -PV5 SCALE: NTS SERVICE FEED SOURCE: N/A SOLAR MODULE SP CIFI ATIONS DC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: AC O U O A A TY AL U TI S:O MANUFACTURER/MODEL# HANWHA SOLAR Q.PEAK DUO ARRAY TO JUNCTION BOX: INVERTER #2 TO BATTERY: BLK-G10+(40OW)MODULES EXPECTED WIRE TEMP(In Celsius) 31° EXPECTED WIRE TEMP(In Celsius) 31° SURF CLEAN VMP 37.13 TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a) 0•96 TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a) 0.94 ENERGY" IMP 10.77 NO.OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS 2 NO.OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS 3 SURF CLEAN ENERGY VOC 45.30 CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER NEC 310.15(B)(3)(a) 1.00 CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a) 1.00 HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE 10AWG ISC 11.14 CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE 10 AWG BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEWYORK11788 MODULE DIMENSION 74"L x 41.10"W x 1.26"D(In Inch) CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY 40A CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY 35A PH-6314662608 tom@surfcleanenergy.com INVERTER#1 &#2 SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER NEC 690.8(A&B) PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC 20.00A REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER CEC 690.8(B) 30.00A REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL MANUFACTURER/MODEL# GENERAC X7602 1.25 X MAX.DC OUTPUT CURRENT NOMINAL AC POWER 15.20KW DEBATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(a) DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER CEC 310.15(B)(2)(a) VERSION TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a)X TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a)X DESCRIPTION DATE NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 240 VAC CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER NEC 310.15(B)(3)(a)X CIRCUIT 38.40A CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a)X CIRCUIT 32.90A BLDO.PERMIT o7io7rzozz NOMINAL OUTPUT CURRENT 64A CONDUCTOR AMPACITY I CONDUCTOR AMPACITY REVISION oa/13/2022 RESULT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN(20.00A)OTHERWISE LESS THE ENTRY FOR RESULT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN(30.00A)OTHERWISE LESS THE ENTRY FOR REVISION ® 09/10/2022 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SPECS CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AND AMPACITY CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AND AMPACITY Thomas I.Petersen WEATHER STATION: ISLIP LONG ISL MACARTHUR AP 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 RECORD LOW TEMP -15° DC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: AC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: License p 035290 AMBIENT TEMP(HIGH TEMP 2%) 31° INVERTER #2 TO PROTECTED LOAD PANEL: RF°"R�ti,� JUNCTION BOX TO INVERTER #1 & #2: CONDUIT HEIGHT 0.9° EXPECTED WIRE TEMP(In Celsius) 31° ROOF TOP TEMP 31° EXPECTED WIRE TEMP(In Celsius) 31° TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a) 0.94 CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATE(ON ROOF) 90° TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a) 0.96 NO.OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS 3 N� CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATE(OFF ROOF) 78° NO.OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS 2 CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a) 1.00 09629C y0� MODULE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF Voc -0 27%/°C CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER NEC 310.15(B)(3)(a) 1.00 CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE 6AWG OF NE`I1 CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE 10 AWG CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY 65A PERCENT OF VALUES NUMBER OF CURRENT CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY 40A n CARRYING CONDUCTORS IN EMT 1J(JI. 80 4-6 REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER NEC 690.8(A&B) REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER CEC 690.8(B) 50.00A PROJECT NAME .70 7-9 1.25 X MAX.DC OUTPUT CURRENT 20.00A DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER CEC 310.15(B)(2)(a) .50 10-20 DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER NEC 310.15(B)(2)(a) TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a)X 61.10A TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a)X 38.40A CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a)X CIRCUIT CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER NEC 310.15(B)(3)(a)X CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY <1 O 1 CONDUCTOR AMPACITY RESULT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN(50.00A)OTHERWISE LESS THE ENTRY FOR Z Z ( O RESULT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN(20.00A)OTHERWISE LESS THE ENTRY FOR CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AND AMPACITY CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AND AMPACITY Q o = 00 3: H ELECTRICAL NOTES co Z M o Q AC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: AC CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CALCULATIONS: C) g rn �t O 1.)ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE LISTED BY UL OR OTHER NRTL,AND INVERTER #1 &#2 TO LOAD CENTER: LOAD CENTER TO INTERCONNECTION: O C) Z U)LABELED FOR ITS APPLICATION. Z C:) OEXPECTED WIRE TEMP(In Celsius EXPECTED WIRE TEMP(In Celsius) 31° Y cM 2.)ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, RATED FOR 600 V AND 90& ) 31° U J 75 DEGREE C WET ENVIRONMENT. TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a) p 94 TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a) 0.94 2 Y O F- 3.)WIRING,CONDUIT,AND RACEWAYS MOUNTED ON ROOFTOPS SHALL NO.OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS 3 NO.OF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS 3 O 0 C) Z O BE ROUTED DIRECTLY TO,AND LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a) 1 00 CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a) 1.00 = < F- TO THE NEAREST RIDGE, HIP,OR VALLEY.4.)WORKING CLEARANCES AROUND ALL NEW AND EXISTING CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE 3AWG ~ O Q Z � CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE 8AWG CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY 100A CO a = ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC 110.26. CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY 50A Q Q 5.)DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY OUTLETS, SUPPORTS, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES TO FULFILL APPLICABLE REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER CEC 690.8(B) REQUIRED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AMPACITY PER CEC 690.8(B) CODES AND STANDARDS. 40.00A 80.00A SHEET NAME 6.)WHERE SIZES OF JUNCTION BOXES, RACEWAYS,AND CONDUITS 1.25 X INVERTER OUTPUT CURRENT 1.25 X INVERTER OUTPUT CURRENT ELECTRICAL ARE NOT SPECIFIED,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE THEM DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER CEC 310.15(B)(2)(a) DERATED AMPACITY OF CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR PER CEC 310.15(B)(2)(a) CALCULATION ACCORDINGLY. TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a)X TEMP.CORRECTION PER TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(a)X 94.00A 7.)ALL WIRE TERMINATIONS SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY LABELED AND CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a)X CIRCUIT 47.00A CONDUIT FILL CORRECTION PER CEC 310.15(B)(3)(a)X CIRCUIT SHEET SIZE READILY VISIBLE. CONDUCTOR AMPACITY CONDUCTOR AMPACITY ANSI B 8.)MODULE GROUNDING CLIPS TO BE INSTALLED BETWEEN MODULE RESULT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN(40.00A)OTHERWISE LESS THE ENTRY FOR RESULT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN(80.00A)OTHERWISE LESS THE ENTRY FOR FRAME AND MODULE SUPPORT RAIL, PER THE GROUNDING CLIP CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AND AMPACITY CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AND AMPACITY 11 11 X 1711 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. 9.)MODULE SUPPORT RAIL TO BE BONDED TO CONTINUOUS COPPER )ELECTRICAL CALCULATION SHEET NUMBER G.E.C.VIA WEEB LUG OR ILSCO GBL-4DBT LAY-IN LUG. PV-6 10.)THE POLARITY OF THE GROUNDED CONDUCTORS IS NEGATIVE SCALE: NTS PHOTOVOLTAIC ' SOLAR PV SYSTEM EQUIPPED ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD RATED • OPERATING 64 •MPS SURF CLEAN WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN ENERGY ` NOMINALOPERATING • / - TERMINALS ON THE LINE AND LOAD SURF CLEAN ENERGY SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE HSURF CLEAN S ENERGY OPEN POSITION LABEL LOCATION: TURN RAPID BYPASS,HAUPPATHTUGE, NEW WN AC DISCONNECT& INVERTER SHUTDOWN SWITCH YORK11788 LABEL LOCATION: (PER CODE: NEC690.54) TO THE"OFF" POSITION SOLARELECiRI PH-6314662608 AC&DC DISCONNECT AND SUB PANEL PVPANEL3 tom@surtcleanenergy.com (PER CODE: NEC 690.13(B)) TO SHUTDOWN PV PLAN SET CREATED BY UNIRAC INC ` ' SYSTEM AND REDUCE REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL POWER SOURCE OUTPUT SHOCK HAZARD IN VERSION ARRAY DESCRIPTION DATE ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD CONNECTION BLDG.PERMIT 07/07/2022 REVISION 1Q 08/13/2022 TERMINALS ON BOTH LINE AND DO NOT RELOCATE LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED LABEL LOCATION: REVISION zQ 09/10/2022 IN THE OPEN POSITION OVERCURRENT DEVICE AC DISCONNECT,DC DISCONNECT,POINT OF Thomas f.Petersen INTERCONNECTION 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 DC VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS PRESENT LABEL LOCATION: (PER CODE:605.11.3.1(1)&690.56(C)(1)(a)) License#035290 WHEN SOLAR MODULES ARE SERVICE PANEL IF SUM OF BREAKERS EXCEEDS EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT PANEL RATING O`ySE4>• A F PC?, S , LABEL LOCATION: (PER CODE: NEC 705.12 (B)(2)(3)(b) �``� —.— Fy�� 1� DC DISCONNECT, POINT OF 4 z INTERCONNECTION (PER CODE: NEC 690.13(B)) PHOTOVOLTAICWARNING : N'` • 9l 03329a Q- WARNING FOfiNess O • • ELECTRIC SHOCK • -D n IF • • ' GROUNDED' LABEL LOCATION:ALL NORMALLY A U T I O N CONDUIT, COMBINER BOX • PROJECT NAME • •. UNGROUNDED . . ENERGIZED (PER CODE: NEC 690.31(G)(3) INVERTER#1 &#2 POWER TO THIS BUILDING IS ALSO SUPPLIED FROM THE FOLLOWING SOURCES WITH DISCONNECTS LOCATED AS SHOWN LABEL LOCATION: PHOTOVOLTAIC WARNING AC& DC DISCONNECT AND SUB PANEL AT:® MAIN SERVICE PANEL&UTILITY METER,AC DISCONNECT, p INVERTERS, LOAD CENTER, LOAD PANEL& BATTERY (D p (PER CODE: NEC 690.41(B)) DPHOTOVOLTAIC ' • • Z Z_ ((� 00 C) O AC DISCONNECT MAX SYSTEM VOLTAGE = 420 VDC Z rn o Q LABEL LOCATION: Z O MAIN SERVICE PANEL& NET METER LABEL LOCATION: • O U cc::)) U) AC DISCONNECTlBREAKER! ILL — (PER CODE: NEC 705.12(D)(3), NEC POINT OF CONNECTION • . Z cf)p � 0 705.12(B)(3-4)& NEC 690,59) (PER CODE:NEC 690.13(B) • p Q O U - J Z SWITCH LABEL LOCATION: y `1 H o •RAPID •SHUTDOWN DC DISCONNECT 0 O QU po O (PER CODE: NEC 690.53) 7O = F- ~ 7iT OF THE Z ~ z TOR(S) LABEL LOCATION: W Q = OLTAGE RAPID SHUTDOWN Q ENT (PER CODE: NEC 690.56(C)(3) Z LABEL LOCATION: z INVERTER • • • SHEET NAME (PER CODE: NEC 690.31(1) < PLACARDS & LABEL LOCATION: WARNING LABELS MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT/UTILITY METER (N) 100A FUSED AC SHEET SIZE (PER CODE: NEC 690.13(B)) (N) 125 LOAD CENTER DISCONNECT < ANSI B (0 )GENERAC X7602 INVERTER (E) UTILITY METER 11" X 17" (N) 1 5A PROTECTED LOADS PANEL (E) 1 OOA MAIN SERVICE PANEL SHEET NUMBER (N)GENERAC PWRCELL M6 DCB WITH(E) 100A MAIN PV_7 BATTERY CABINET(18 kWh) BREAKER 1. EACH MODULE TO BE GROUNDED USING THE SUPPLIED CONNECTION POINT PER SURF CLEAN MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. ALL SOLAR MODULES, EQUIPMENT, AND ENERGY METALLIC COMPONENTS ARE TO BE BONDED. IF THE EXISTING GROUNDING SURF CLEAN ENERGY ELECTRODE SYSTEM CAN NOT BE VERIFIED OR IS ONLY METALLIC WATER PIPING, HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL A SUPPLEMENTAL BYPASS,HAUPPAYRK1 ORK117 8 NEW 88 ROUNDING ELECTRODE. PH-6314662608 tom@surfcleanenergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY.UNIRAC INC 2. ALL PLAQUES AND SIGNAGE REQUIRED BY THE LATEST EDITION OF NATIONAL REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL ELECTRICAL CODE. LABEL SHALL BE METALLIC OR PLASTIC, ENGRAVED OR VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE MACHINE PRINTED IN A CONTRASTING COLOR TO THE PLAQUE. PLAQUE SHALL BLDG.PERMIT 07/07/2022 BE UV RESISTANT IF EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT. REVISION p 09/13/2022 REVISION ® 09/10/2022 3. DC CONDUCTORS SHALL BE RUN IN EMT AND SHALL BE LABELED, "CAUTION DC Thomas f.Petersen 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 CIRCUIT" OR EQUIV. EVERY 5 FT. License#035290 tERE D ARC 4. EXPOSED NON-CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT �� 'gF PFrFQs�� SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 250.134 OR 250.136(A). 5. CONFIRM LINE SIDE VOLTAGE AT ELECTRIC UTILITY SERVICE PRIOR TO 9'F 0.7 29" yob CONNECTING INVERTER. VERIFY SERVICE VOLTAGE IS WITHIN INVERTER OFNE`t� VOLTAGE OPERATIONAL RANGE. 6. OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEMA-3R RATED OR BETTER. PROJECT NAME 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT EXPANSION JOINTS AND ANCHOR CONDUIT RUNS AS REQUIRED PER NEC, o 0 O CDQ o -� 8. ALL WIRING MUST BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED BY DEVICES OR MECHANICAL Q o Z) CIO z0 MEANS DESIGNED AND LISTED FOR SUCH USE, AND FOR ROOF-MOUNTED U Z N o Q SYSTEMS, WIRING MUST BE PERMANENTLY AND COMPLETELY HELP OFF OF THE p -OLO) o z O ROOF SURFACE. NEC 110.2 - 110.4 / 300.4 Z Y 0 >- O Y o O Q o O o Z a = Q Q SHEET NAME ADDITIONAL NOTES SHEET SIZE ANSI B 11" X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-8 1 -10 i i -20 21 -30 31 -.4 41 -50 60 POWER OPTIMIZER CHART SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 PH-6314662608 2 N S LANDING tom@surfcleanenergy.com J AC K5 O PLAN SET CREATED BY UNIRAC INC REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE BLOG.PERMIT 07/07/2022 REVISION Q 08/13/2022 REVISION © 0 9/1 012 02 2 Thomas f.Petersen 67 West St,Brooklyn,NY 11222 License#035290 RE 0 A qC V� pS F Pjf, 9� 03320" p^ FOP,NE'S PROJECT NAME J -- Z z () 00 O O 2 U z c o � rn O z rA o r� (n O Y oM LL g YF- o F O Q F= o O 2 -) F- F- O Q *k c`o [L 2 Q a SHEET NAME OPTIMIZER CHART SHEET SIZE -- ---� -- i� ANSI B 11" X 17" �y SHEET NUMBER PV-9 GENERAC° Installation Manual Generac PWRcell® Battery -- 0 0 0011031 WARN,ILN,G Loss of life. This product is not intended to be used in a critical life support application. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in death or serious injury. (000209b) Register your Generac product at: https://register.generac.com/ 1-888-GENERAC (888-436-3722) Para espanol, visita: http://www.nenerac.com/service-support/oroduct-support-Iookug Pour le frangais,visiter: http://www.generac.com/service-support/product-support-lookup Use this page to record important information about your Generac Product Record the information found on your unit data label on Operation and Maintenance: Proper maintenance and this page. See Specifications. care of the energy storage system ensures a minimum When contacting an Independent Authorized Service number of problems and keeps operating expenses at a Dealer (IASD) or Generac Customer Service, always minimum. It is the operator's responsibility to perform all supply the complete model number and serial number of safety checks, to verify that all maintenance for safe the unit. operation is performed promptly, and to have the equipment checked periodically by an IASD. Normal maintenance, service, and replacement of parts are the responsibility of the owner / operator and, as such, are not considered defects in materials or workmanship within the terms of the warranty. Individual operating habits and usage may contribute to the need for additional maintenance or service. Table 1 - Important Information Description Model Number Serial Number Date Date Purchased Commissioned PWRcell Battery Battery Module 1 Battery Module 2 Battery Module 3 Battery Module 4 Battery Module 5 Battery Module 6 OWARNING CANCER AND REPRODUCTIVE HARM www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. (000393a) ii Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Table .of Contents Section 1: Safety Rules & General Section 4: Installing PWRcell Battery Information Carton Contents ................................................ 15 Introduction ..........................................................I preparing Location Read This Manual Thoroughly ....................................1 Safety Rules .........................................................1 Unboxing Battery Enclosure ............................15 How to Obtain Service .................................................1 Installing Battery Enclosure .............................15 Fastener Requirements .............................................15 General Hazards ..................................................2 Fastening Recommendations Electrical Hazards ................................................3 Installing Foot Bracket (OR model only) ....................16 Battery Hazards ........................................4 Installing Wall Bracket ...............................................16 Fire Hazards 4 Battery Knockout Locations .............................................. (IR and OR models) ...........................................17 General Rules .......................................................5 placing Chassis onto Bracket and Leveling Feet ......18 BeforeYou Begin ........................................................5 Standards Index Installing REbus wiring ..................................... 18 Safety Precautions Note on DC Wiring and the NEC ......................19 Symbols .......................................................................6 Remote Shutdown Switch Connections (If equipped) .......................................................19 Section 2: General Information Connecting Blackstart Battery .........................21 PWRcell Battery Naming Convention 7 Module Dimensions ..........................................21 Specifications ......................................................8 Installing Battery Modules ................................22 Battery Module Technical Data "9 Installing Rear Modules .............................................23 Installing Grounding Tabs .................. 23 ....................... Serial Number Location ....................................10 Installing Front Modules ............................................23 Unit Dimension 10 Installing Module Spacer(PWRcell M3 and PWRcell M5 Indoor Installation Dimensions .................................10 only) ..........................................................................23 -Outdoor Installation Dimensions ..............................10 Installing Retention Clips ...........................................24 About PWRcell Battery 11 Connecting COM Cables ............................""""" .....................................25 Component Locations .......................................12 (DCB and EX Modules)Connecting Battery Power Cables 26 ................... Battery Disconnect Switch ...............................12 Installing Cover .................................................27 Battery Status LED ............................................12 To remove the cover Upgrading PWRcell Battery ..............................28 Section 3: Location and Compliance Using Vset Function ..................................................28 Location and Clearances 93 Maximizing Battery Capacity After Upgrade ..............28 PWRcell IR (Indoor Rated Model) .............................13 PWRcell OR (Outdoor Model) ...................................13 Compliance ........................................................14 Operating Temperature Range and Environmen- tal Requirements ................................................14 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery iii Section 5: Commissioning General Information ...........................................29 Commissioning Procedure ...............................29 Configure Battery ......................................................29 Enable Battery ..........................................................29 Confirm Island Mode is Enabled ...............................29 Operating Modes, Charging Parameters, and Setpoints ............................................................29 Battery Settings .................................................30 Decommissioning ..............................................31 Decommissioning Plan .............................................31 Battery Recycling ......................................................31 Section 6: Wiring Diagrams PWRcellM3 ........................................................33 PWRcellM4 ........................................................34 PWRcellM5 ........................................................35 PWRcellM6 ........................................................36 Section 7: Troubleshooting General Troubleshooting ..................................37 iv Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Safety Rules & General Information Section 1: Safety Rules & General Information Introduction not all inclusive. If using a procedure, work method, or This installation manual provides instructions and operating technique that the manufacturer does not spe- recommendations for installing and commissioning the cifically recommend, verify that it is safe for others and does not render the equipment unsafe. Generac PWRcell° Battery. The PWRcell Battery is Throughout this publication, and on tags and decals designed to house compatible lithium ion battery affixed to the unit, DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and modules, and connects directly to the PWRcell Inverter NOTE blocks are used to alert personnel to special and other REbus compatible components of the instructions about a particular operation that may be haz- ardous if performed incorrectly or carelessly. Observe This installation manual includes full details on them carefully.Alert definitions are as follows: installation, wiring, safety, inverter integration, and other key aspects of installing the battery. The companion i document to this installation manual is the Generac PWRcell Battery Owner's Manual. See the Generac Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, PWRcell Battery Owner's Manual for complete will result in death or serious injury. information on user-configurable features. The information in this manual is accurate based on (000001) products produced at the time of publication. The manufacturer reserves the right to make technical updates, corrections, and product revisions at any time I- �>,_=•:�-: without notice. Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, Read This Manual Thoroughly could result in death or serious injury. (000002) �;WARNIN�G Consult Manual. Read and understand manual ACAUTION completely before using product.Failure to completely understand manual and product Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious in u could result in minor or moderate injury. � ry�(000100a) If any section of this manual is not understood, contact (000003) the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer (IASD) or Generac Customer Service at 1-888-436-3722 NOTE: Notes contain additional information important to (1-888-GENERAC), or visit www.generac.com for start- a procedure and will be found within the regular text of in operating, and servicing this manual. g, g procedures. The owner is responsible for correct maintenance and safe use of the These safety alerts cannot eliminate the hazards that unit. they indicate. Common sense and strict compliance with This manual must be used in conjunction with all other the special instructions while performing the action or supporting product documentation supplied with the service are essential to preventing accidents. product. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS for future reference. This manual contains important instructions that must be fol- lowed during placement, operation, and maintenance of How to Obtain Service the unit and its components. Always supply this manual For assistance, contact the nearest Independent Autho- to any individual that will use this unit, and instruct them rized Service Dealer (IASD) or Generac Customer Ser- on how to correctly start, operate, and stop the unit in vice at 1-888-436-3722 (1-888-GENERAC), or visit case of emergency. www.generac.com. When contacting Generac Customer Service about parts Safety Rules and service, always supply the complete model and The manufacturer cannot anticipate every possible cir- serial number of the unit as given on its data decal cumstance that might involve a hazard. The alerts in this located on the unit. Record the model and serial numbers manual, and on tags and decals affixed to the unit, are in the spaces provided on the front cover of this manual. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 1 Safety Rules& General Information General Hazards • Connecting the PWRcell system to the electric util- ! ity grid must only be done after receiving prior Loss of life. Property damage. Installation must approval from the utility company. always comply with applicable codes, standards, laws • Only competent, qualified personnel should install, and regulations. Failure to do so will result in death operate, and service this equipment. Strictly com- or serious injury. (000190) ply to local, state, and national electrical and build- ing codes. When using this equipment, comply with WARNING regulations established by the National Electrical Code (NEC), CSA Standard; the Occupational Electrocution. Potentially lethal voltages are generated Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), or the by this equipment. Render the equipment safe before local agency for workplace health and safety. attempting repairs or maintenance. Failure to do so could result in death or serious injury. • Protection against lightning surges in accordance (000187) with local electric codes is the responsibility of the installer. gWARNING NOTE: Lightning damage is not covered by warranty. Equipment damage. Only qualified service personnel may • If working on energized equipment while standing install,operate, and maintain this equipment. Failure to on metal or concrete, place insulative mats over a follow proper installation requirements could result in death, dry wood platform. Work on this equipment only serious injury,and equipment or property damage. (000182a) while standing on such insulative mats. • Never work on this equipment while physically or AW4RNING mentally fatigued. Electric shock. Only a trained and licensed electrician • Any voltage measurements should be performed should perform wiring and connections to unit. Failure to with a meter that meets UL3111 safety standards, follow proper installation requirements could result in death, and meets or exceeds overvoltage class CAT III. serious injury,and equipment or property damage. (000155a) 'AWARNlNG Risk of injury. Do not operate or service this machine if not fully alert. Fatigue can impair the ability to operate or service this equipment and could result in death or serious injury. (000215a) gWARNIN,� Loss of life.This product is not intended to be used in a critical life support application. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in death or serious injury. (000209b) ACAUTION Equipment damage. Connect only to REbus-compatible devices to the DC bus. Never connect to any other DC power source. Connecting to other DC power sources could result in equipment damage. (000598a) 2 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Safety Rules & General Information Electrical Hazards ! 1III' AWARNING Electrocution. Never connect this unit to the electrical Electrocution. Refer to local codes and standards for system of any building unless a licensed electrician safety equipment required when working with a live has installed an approved transfer switch. Failure to electrical system. Failure to use required safety do so will result in death or serious injury. equipment could result in death or serious injury. (000150) (000257) ! ACAUTION A Electrocution. PWRcell Battery front cover should Equipment damage. Exceeding rated voltage and be removed by a qualified technician only. current will damage the auxiliary contacts. Verify Removing the front cover could result in death, that voltage and current are within specification serious injury, equipment or property damage. before energizing this equipment. (000604) (000134a) ! 1 ' ACAUTION �A_ Electrocution. Do not wear jewelry while Equipment damage.Verify all conductors are tightened working on this equipment. Doing so will to the factory specified torque value. Failure to do so result in death or serious injury. could result in damage to the switch base. (000188) (000120) Electrocution. Water contact with a power source, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. (000104) Electrocution. In the event of electrical accident, immediately shut power OFF.Use non-conductive implements to free victim from live conductor.Apply first aid and get medical help. Failure to-do so will result in death or serious injury. (000145) I , . Electrocution.Turn battery disconnect OFF and de-energize REbus before touching terminals. Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury, equipment and property damage. (000599) Electrocution. Turn utility supply OFF before working on utility connections of the transfer switch. Failure to do so will result in death or serious injury. (000123) ! , l Electrocution. Verify electrical system is properly grounded before applying power. Failure to do so will result in death or serious injury. (000152) Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 3 Safety Rules & General Information Battery Hazards Fire Hazards JAWARNING1 A JAWARNING1 Explosion. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire. Fire hazard. Never attempt to fight a fire yourself. Batteries are explosive. Electrolyte solution can cause Evacutate the building and contact emergency services. burns and blindness. If electrolyte contacts skin or eyes, Inform dispatcher that lithium-ion batteries are in the flush with water and seek immediate medical attention. building. Failure to do so could result in death,serious (000162) injury,or property or equipment damage. (000603) JAWARNING1 1AWARNING Environmental Hazard.Always recycle batteries at an Fire and explosion. Installation must comply with all official recycling center in accordance with all local )*local,state, and national electrical building codes. laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in Noncompliance could result in unsafe operation, environmental damage, death, or serious injury. equipment damage, death,or serious injury. (000228) (000218) ACAUTION / AWARNING Equipment damage. Use ONLY manufacturer approved Risk of Fire. Unit must be positioned in a battery modules. Using any other module could damage manner that prevents combustible material Generac PWRcell Battery and may void the warranty. accumulation underneath. Failure to do so (000601) could result in death or serious injury. (000147) ACAUTION AWARNING Ensure all battery modules installed in any single Risk of fire. Do not crush, puncture, or subject PWRcell Battery are the same type (EX or DCB). battery units or modules to strong impacts. Failure Connecting different battery types can result in to do so could result in death, serious injury, equipment damage. (000731a) property damage, or equipment damage. (000730) Always recycle batteries in accordance with local laws and regulations. Contact your local solid waste collection site or recycling facility to obtain information on local recycling processes. For more information on battery recycling, visit the Battery Council International website at: http://batterycouncii.org. 4 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Safety Rules & General Information General Rules Standards Index AWARNING Loss of life. Property damage. Installation must always Loss of life. This product is not intended to comply with applicable codes, standards, laws and be used in a critical life support application. regulations. Failure to do so will result in death Failure to adhere to this warning could result or serious injury. (000190) in death or serious injury. 000209b AWARNING Strictly comply with all applicable national, state, and local laws, as well as codes or regulations pertaining to Loss of life.Only qualified personnel may install this battery. the installation of the system. Use the most current Installation of a PWRcell Battery by a homeowner is version of applicable codes or standards relevant to local prohibited. Installation by unqualified personnel may result in jurisdiction, equipment used, and installation site. death,serious injury,equipment or property damage. (000638a) NOTE: Not all codes apply to all products and this list is not all-inclusive. In the absence of pertinent local laws AWARNING and standards,the following publications may be used as Environmental Hazard.Always recycle batteries at an a guide (these apply to localities which recognize NFPA official recycling center in accordance with all local and ICC). laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70: environmental damage, death, or serious injury. (000228) The NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) 2. NFPA 855: Standard for the Installation of • Follow all safety precautions in the owner's manual, Stationary Energy Storage Systems installation guidelines manual, and other documents 3. NFPA 10: Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers included with the equipment. 4. NFPA 70E: Standard For Electrical Safety In The • Never energize a new system without opening all dis- Workplace* connects and breakers. 5. NFPA 220: Standard on Types of Building • Always consult local code for additional requirements Construction * for where unit is being installed. 6. NFPA 5000: Building Code • Incorrect installation can result in personal injury and 7. International Building Code ** damage to the unit. It may also result in the warranty 8. International Fire Code being suspended or voided. All instructions listed g, International Residential Code below must be followed including location clearances and conduit sizes. 10. Agricultural Wiring Handbook*** 11. Article X, NATIONAL BUILDING CODE Before You Begin 12. ASAE EP-364.2 Installation and Maintenance of • Contact your local utility provider for approval before Farm Standby Electric Power "** installation. Install the battery in accordance with all 13. NFPA 1 Fire Code utility installation requirements. This list is not all-inclusive. Check with the Authority • Contact local inspector or city hall to be aware of all Having Local Jurisdiction (AHJ) for any local codes or federal, state, and local codes which could impact standards which may be applicable to your jurisdiction. installation. Secure all required permits before The above listed standards are available from the installing. following Internet sources: • Fully comply with all relevant NEC, NFPA, and OSHA * www.nfpa.org standards, as well as all federal, state, and local ** building and electric codes. This unit must be www�ccsafe.org installed in accordance with current NFPA and ICC *'t'r www..rerc.org Rural Electricity Resource Council P.O. standards, and any other federal, state, and local Box 309 Wilmington, OH 45177-0309 codes for minimum distances from other structures. **** www.asabe.orgAmerican Society of Agricultural & Biological Engineers 2950 Niles Road, St.Joseph, MI 49085 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 5 Safety Rules& General Information Safety Precautions Symbols Warning symbols are used to warn of the conditions that may cause severe injury or damage to equipment.The follow- ing table describes the warning symbols used in the equipment's markings and within this document. A& This equipment contains high voltage which can cause electric shock resulting in severe injury. Ensure polarity of connections during assembly. Keep equipment away from open flame or ignition sources. Read the manual before installing and operating the equipment. ® u The equipment is heavy enough to cause severe injury. r The battery pack may leak corrosive electrolyte if damaged. The battery pack may explode if damaged. The equipment should not be disposed of in household waste. Physical injury or damage to equipment may occur if related requirements are not followed. Do not disassemble the equipment. 6 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery General Information Section 2: General Information PWRcell Battery Naming Convention PWRcell IR M3 DCB PRODUCT SERIES BATTERY SERIES PWRcell Series DCB EX ENCLOSURE TYPE NUMBER OF BATTERY MODULES IR - Indoor Rated 3 - Three Modules OR - Outdoor Rated 4 - Four Modules 5 - Five Modules 6 - Six Modules 012273 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 7 General Information Specifications ACAUTION Ensure all battery modules installed in any single PWRcell Battery are the same type (EX or DCB). Connecting different battery types can result in equipment damage. (000731 a) Description Units PWRcell M3 PWRcell M4 PWRcell M5 PWRcell M6 Energy Usable Energy kWh 9 12 15 18 Power Nominal Cont. Power* kW 3.4 4.5 5.6 6.7 Max. Cont.AC Power** kW 4.5 6 7.5 9 Nominal Cont. DC Current(Charge/Discharge) A 11.6 15.5 19.4 23.3 Peak Motor Starting Current(2 sec) A, RMS 25 33 42 50 Battery Modules Number — 3 4 5 6 For DCB modules-DC Voltage(per module) VDC 46.8 (39—52) For EX modules-DC Voltage(per module) VDC 43.2(36—49.8) Max Energy Output(per module) kWh 3.0 For DCB modules-Module Weight lb(kg) 55(25) For EX modules-Module Weight I (kg) 58(26.3) REbus Communication Protocol — REbus DC nanogrid Voltage: Input/Output*** VDC 360—420 Round-Trip Efficiency(DC to DC) % 96.5 Temperature Maximum Ambient Operating Temperature `F(°C) 14 to 122(-10 to 50) Optimal Ambient Operating Temperature "F("C) 41 to 104(5 to 40) Installation Altitude Maximum Installation Altitude**** ft(m) 6,560 (2,000) Weight(without mounting brackets) IR Enclosure I (kg) 110 (50) OR Enclosure I (kg) 115 (52) IR Installed-PWRcell IR w/DCB modules I (kg) 276(125) 331 (150) 386 (175) 441 (200) IR installed-PWRcell IR w/EX modules I (kg) 282(128) 340 (154) 397 (180) 454(206) OR Installed-PWRcell OR w/DCB modules I (kg) 280(127) 335 (152) 390 (177) 445(202) OR Installed-PWRcell OR w/EX modules lb(kg) 287(130) 344 (156) 401 (182) 459(208) Compliance Safety — UL 9540, UL 1973, UL 1642, CSA22.2#107.1 Seismic — IEEE693-High *Avgrage AC power over a complete discharge cycle. **Peak performance, values provided for 104T(40°C) ***380VDC Nominal ****Module warranty void if installed above limit. Note: Charge/Discharge rate maybe reduced at temperature extremes. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Refer to the product specification sheet for complete list. 8 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery General Information Battery Module Technical Data Physical Characteristics DCB Battery EX Battery Width 17.32± 0.08in (440 ±2 mm) Length 17.72±0.08in (450 ±2 mm) Height 3.30 ±0.08in (84 ±2 mm) 3.46±0.08in (88 ±2 mm) Weight 55.12 ±0.1 Ibs (25 ±0.5 kg) 58.42±0.1 Ibs (26.5±0.5 kg) Electrical Characteristics DCB Battery EX Battery Cell type LiNiMnCo Usable Energy Capacity (Nominal) 3.0 kWh Usable Battery Capacity (Nominal) 64.1 Ah 69.4 Ah Nominal Voltage 46.8 VDC 43.2 VDC Voltage Range 39—53AVDC 33—50.4 VDC Charge/Discharge Current (Nominal)` 12 A 27A Pulsed Charge/Discharge current(10 sec)* 24 A 40A DC Disconnect Fuse Scalability (number of modules in series) 3 to 6 Shelf life or maximum self-discharge rate 6 months maximum storage time BMS DCB Battery EX Battery System Voltage Monitoring parameters System Current Cell Voltage Cell temperature Communication RS-485 Operating Conditions - - - --DCB-Battery - -- --- --- -EX_Battery_ _ Maximum Ambient Operating Temperature 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C) Optimal Ambient Operating Temperature 41 to 104°F (5 to 40°C) Storage Temperature -4 to 1040F (-20 to 40°C) -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) Altitude Max. 6,560 ft(2,000 m) Cooling Strategy Natural Convection Reliability& Certification DCB Battery EX Battery Cell: UL 1642 Certificates Battery Module: UL 1973 Transportation UN38.3 Ingress Rating IP20 Emissions FCC Part 15 Class B Battery Directive 2013/56/ RoHS Directive 2011 /65/ Environmental EU Reach, EU, Rechargeable Battery Recycling Act *Values are listed for individual modules, refer to previous page for system-level performance values. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 9 General Information Serial Number Location Unit Dimension ACAUTION1 Indoor Installation Dimensions Ensure all battery modules installed in any single PWRcell Battery are the same type (EX or DCB). Connecting different battery types can result in equipment damage. (000731 a) Refer to Figure 2-1 to locate serial numbers for the unit (A) and the individual battery modules (B). Record this information in Table 1: Important Information on the ED inside front cover of this manual so it is available if the A tags are lost or damaged. When ordering parts or requesting assistance, you may be asked to provide this information. DCB Battery ° 13 C 009892 ® Figure 2-2. Unit Dimensions ° A 68-3/8 in (1,737 mm) — — — — — - B 22 in (558 mm) EX Battery I C 9-7/8 in (251 mm) I B I I == I Outdoor Installation Dimensions I � I I I o Not Mix Battery Types in a ingle Enclosure I ° L - - - - - J O 012306 A Figure 2-1. Serial Number Location .4 B "C 011162 Figure 2-3. Unit Dimensions A 73 3/16 in(1,859 mm) B 26 1/8 in (663 mm) C 11 in (279 mm) 10 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery General Information About PWRcell Battery The PWRcell Battery is the storage component of the is directly connected to PV Links (B) and PWRcell PWRcell system. The battery can be used for grid- Battery (C) on the DC (REbus) lines (D). To the right of connected solar applications such as Self Supply, Rate the inverter are AC lines:240VAC or 208VAC for grid and Arbitrage, and Clean Backup Power. The battery is home loads, and essential load support. Load support designed to work seamlessly with Generac PV Links and varies by model and number of battery modules the PWRcell Inverter to form the PWRcell system for attached. Refer to Specifications for more information. grid-tied solar-plus-storage. All PWRcell products use the REbus 380VDC nanogrid to connect to each other. The REbus nanogrid automates the flow of power to enable plug-and-play setup and operation of PWRcell equipment. In Figure 2-4, a REbus-compatible PWRcell Inverter (E) c F E O /_ O D a D � H B B BO 0 009893 Figure 2-4. Generac PWRcell System Example. A Solar Panels E PWRcell Inverter B PV Link Optimizers F Grid - - ---- -- -cell Battery- - - - - - G--Loads---- -- D REbus H Protected Loads Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 11 General Information Component Locations Battery Disconnect Switch I- P. �A i , -14 • A Electrocution. Initiate a system-wide shutdown and turn the PWRcell DC Disconnect Switch OFF on all connected E batteries before performing service.Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury,or equipment and property B damage. (000600) See Figure 2-5. Battery Disconnect Switch (A) disconnects the battery stack from the battery monitoring system (BMS) electronics. The Battery Disconnect Switch must be locked in the OFF position during installation. The switch bracket p accepts a standard lockout/tagout lock. NOTE: Turn Battery Disconnect Switch OFF and turn the REbus DC disconnect for the battery OFF at the inverter whenever the battery will be powered down and left inactive for an extended period of time. Battery Status LED c See Figure 2-5. The color and strobing interval of LED (B) communicates battery status. - Table 2-1. Battery Status LED LED Color/Interval Battery Status oosaso Orange, solid Disabled Figure 2-5. Component Locations Orange, strobe (2s) Waiting A Battery Disconnect Switch Green/Orange, alternating Initializing B Battery Status LED Green, solid Charging C Intake Filter Green, rapid blinking (0.5s) Discharging D Front Cover Green, strobe (2s) Standby E Exhaust Vent Red, rapid blinking (0.5s) Error Red, strobe (8s) Sleeping NOTE: PWRcell IR model shown. 12 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Location and Compliance Section 3: Location and Compliance Location and Clearances Do not expose the battery to extreme tempera- tures. See Specifications for recommended and PWRcell IR (Indoor Rated Model) acceptable operating temperatures. Operating the Install the PWRcell Battery in dwelling units in the follow- battery outside of the recommended range may ing permitted locations only: degrade performance. • Attached garages separated from dwelling unit NOTE: Consider year-round temperature extremes habitable spaces in accordance with local building when choosing a location. In extreme climates, always Code. install the battery in a conditioned space. Generac rec- • Detached garages and accessory structures. ommends installing the battery in a conditioned space • Utility closets and storage or utility spaces. regardless of climate. • Basements. Table 3-1. Minimum Airspace Clearances • Other locations not categorized as habitable space Sides 2 in Minimum 2 in(5.08 cm)on each side in a dwelling unit. (5.08 cm) to operate cover. NOTE: Refer to the local Building Code for permitted 3 in Minimum 3 in (7.62 cm)on top so locations for commercial installations. Top (7.62 cm) installer can lift body onto mounting bracket. When selecting a location, consider the following: 36 in Minimum 36 in (91.4 cm) in front for • Install in indoor locations only. Front (91.4 cm) maintenance/service in accordance • If the room or space where the battery is to be with NECArticle 110.26. installed is not finished,the wall and ceilings of the room or space shall be protected in accordance PWRcell OR (Outdoor Model) with local building or fire codes. The Generac PWRcell OR (outdoor) model battery may • Install only in clean, dry locations. be located in the same locations as the IR (indoor) • Do not allow bottom or front vents to become model, and also in suitable exterior locations, in blocked. accordance with these instructions and applicable local • See Table 3-9. Ensure minimum clearances are and national codes. met. When selecting a location, consider the following: • Multiple battery units must be separated by mini- —Install in well-managed,- protected locations only.- mum 3 ft (91.44 cm) between the units per NFPA Do not install where damage from vehicles, recre- 855. ational vehicles or equipment, livestock, pedestri- NOTE: The PWRcell Battery uses the surrounding ambi- ans, or other activity may occur. ent air for cooling purposes. Inadequate airflow can • This equipment is not suitable for installations out- cause the PWRcell Battery to derate its power import and doors in a marine environment. export for thermal management. If power derating is • Do not install where irrigation systems or other insufficient, due to an abnormally high ambient operating equipment will spray water onto unit. temperature, the battery will disconnect and enter a pro- . Install only to flat, plumb (vertical) walls on sturdy, tective error state, requiring manual intervention to recon- structurally-sound buildings. Do not install on nect once temperatures cool. The PWRcell Battery does mobile homes or small, lightweight, temporary, or not require the installation and use of an external ventila- portable buildings that could blow over in the wind. tion system. • Do not attempt to support the unit on soft, deform- * The battery installation location must meet the able surfaces or surfaces prone to move due to working space requirements in NEC Article 110.26. frost activity or subsidence. Use the included foot • If installed in a garage or other location where the bracket assembly instead. battery could be damaged by a vehicle,the battery • Do not install where leaves, snow, dirt, sand, or must be protected by approved barriers that are other debris may block the air intake at the base of installed in accordance with local building code. the unit. NOTE: The installation and use of smoke or heat detec- • Do not install where grass, vines, ivy, landscape tors within areas of the dwelling unit or attached garage plantings, or other vegetation may obscure access, where the PWRcell Battery is installed is suggested block vents, or intrude into the unit. where not required by the locally adopted building code. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 13 Location and Compliance • Do not install where excessive amounts of water Compliance from roof runoff, landscape irrigation, water sprin- klers, or sump pump discharge could contact the ! enclosure. Loss of life. Property damage. Installation must • Do not install where water levels may rise and con- always comply with applicable codes, standards, laws tact the unit. and regulations. Failure to do so will result in death • Do not install within 3 ft (92 cm) to any door or win- or serious injury. (000190) dow. • The battery installation location must meet the out- WARNING door working space requirements in NEC Article 1'I� 110.26 �1 Electrocution. Refer to local codes and standards for safety equipment required when working with a live • The PWRcell Battery is not intended for use in electrical system. Failure to use required safety mobile (e.g. RV) or portable applications. equipment could result in death or serious injury. • Do not expose the PWRcell Battery to extreme (000257) temperatures. See Specifications for rec- ommended and acceptable operating tempera- AWARNING tures. Operating the Generac PWRcell Battery Equipment damage. Only qualified service personnel may outside of the recommended range may degrade install, operate, and maintain this equipment. Failure to performance. follow proper installation requirements could result in death, • Multiple battery units must be separated by mini- serious injury, and equipment or property damage. (000182a) mum 3 ft (91.44 cm) between the units per NFPA 855. Follow all instructions included in this manual and use appropriate practices for all product wiring and installa- NOTE: Consider year-round temperature extremes when tion. choosing a location. In extreme climates, always install PWRcell Battery in a conditioned space. Generac NOTE: It is the responsibility of the installer to ensure installing PWRcell Battery in a conditioned electrical worker safety, including conformance with lock- recommendsout/tagout procedures for servicing PWRcell equipment. space regardless of climate. • See Table 3-2. Ensure minimum clearances are Operating Temperature Range and met. Environmental Requirements Table 3-2. Minimum Airspace Clearances Sides 2 in Minimum 2 in (5.08 cm) on each side The PWRcell Battery can operate within the maximum (5.08 cm) to operate cover. ambient operating temperature range. For best perfor- Minimum 3 in (7.62 cm) on top so mance, install the PWRcell Battery in an environment Top 3 in installer can lift body onto mounting where ambient temperatures fall within the optimal oper- (7.62 cm) bracket. ating temperature range.The PWRcell Battery will limit or Minimum 36 in (91.4 cm) in front for halt charge/discharge power at extreme temperatures. Front 36 in maintenance / service in accordance For hotter climates, install the battery out of direct sun- with NEC Article 110.26. light. Exposure to temperatures above the optimal tem- Bottom 3 in Minimum 3 in (76.2 mm)from grade perature range will impact battery performance. (76.2 mm) For colder climates, install the battery in a conditioned space. Exposure to temperatures below the optimal ambient temperature range will impact battery perfor- mance. 14 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery Section 4: Installing PWRcell Battery Carton Contents Installing Battery Enclosure • Wall bracket ®WARNING • Lower wall mount and foot brackets (Outdoor Personal injury. Use caution when handling heavy parts and Rated model only). batterymodules. Lift heavy y parts in teams if necessary. Failure • Chassis, including pre-installed electronics to do so could result in death,serious injury, and equipment or package, battery jumpers, and cover. property damage. (000697) • Hardware kit. • Generac PWRcell Battery Installation Manual and WARNING Generac PWRcell Battery Owner's Manual. Personal injury. Install PWRcell Battery enclosure before installing battery modules within the enclosure. Failure to NOTE: Lithium ion battery modules are shipped sepa- do so could result in death, serious injury, or equipment or rately. Keep battery modules in their original packaging property damage. until installation. Observe storing and stacking require- ments. PWRcell Battery must be installed using wall bracket pro- vided. PWRcell Battery must also have its pre-installed Preparing Location adjustable feet supported from below. For outdoor rated • Verify grade is smooth. A sharply sloping or models, use the designated foot brackets. irregular floor may hinder front cover installation. To scale Installation Template for critical mounting loca- • Sweep away any debris or dust that could get tions and requirements located on inside of packaging. pulled into the PWRcell Battery bottom intake vent. See Figure 4-6 on the following page for battery dimen- Unboxing Battery Enclosure sions and knockout locations. See Specifications for 1. Lay package on one of the long edges. unit weight. 2. Remove top cardboard cap. Fastener Requirements 3. Remove Documentation and Hardware box and NOTE: The details below are minimum guidance. Con- set aside in a safe place. sult local building codes and a structural engineer to 4. Remove cardboard sleeve. ensure the use of appropriate fasteners. 5. Lay unit onto its back. • Minimum 4 structural fasteners required for wall - - -6. Remove bottom cardboard eap: - -bracket,-corrosion protected-steel; ter diame 114 in - 7. Remove the battery front cover by sliding cover Minimum 4 structural fasteners required for foot toward the top of the unit, swinging cover bottom bracket. out, and pulling the cover down. Fastener head clearance 5/8 in tall, 7/8 in diameter. 8. Set cover aside in a safe place. • Use a flat washer between the fastener head and NOTE: Do not adjust the feet at this time. The feet are wall bracket if fastener is not a flanged head. shipped pre-positioned to ensure sufficient clearance for front cover. Fastening Recommendations • All fasteners must engage 1.5 in (3.8 cm) with a structural member. If mounting into stud framing use a stud finder to locate the center of the stud. • If mounting into stud framing, the bracket must be fastened to a minimum of two separate structural members. • If mounting to a foundation or masonry, make sure fasteners are clear of any mortar joints. • If stud is greater than 16 in on center, a cross brace must be used. • If mounting on vinyl siding, unistruts must be used. • Brackets must be level. • Verify distance between shelf bracket and bottom. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 15 Installing PWRcell Battery Installing Foot Bracket (OR model only) Installing Wall Bracket Mount foot bracket to wall with the following procedure: • See Figure 4-4. Bottom edge (A) is 29-5/8 in (752 A template is included and will help locate the holes for mm) off the floor for IR installations. both Wall and Foot Brackets. • Each horizontal brace requires a minimum of two • Before finalizing horizontal location for upper and fasteners. Four total fasteners are required. All lower wall mount, ensure all bolts will line up with fasteners must engage structural materials by a wall studs. minimum of 1.5 in. All fasteners must be field • Lower mount should maintain of distance of 3 in supplied. Installer must ensure that fasteners minimum from grade. selected are appropriately rated for this application. • See Figure 4-1._Install the lower wall mount with flat washers and lag bolts (A). NOTE: Do not install the top bolts at this stage. This will inhibit foot bracket installation. 009920 A Figure 4-4. Wall Bracket 011153 Figure 4-1. Install Lower Wall Mount For OR installations, mount wall bracket to wall with the following procedure: • See Figure 4-2. Slide foot bracket (A) into bottom . See Figure 4-5. Once the lower wall mount is bracket (B) making sure underside of pockets clear installed make sure the mounting holes to the lower bottom bracket before engagement. Proper wall mount (B) line up with the upper wall mount (A) installation is achieved by lining up the top edge of for 16 in on center studs (C). Four screws are lower wall mount to the bottom edge of wall flange part of foot bracket. required in lower wall mount. • Be sure to maintain 34 7/8 in (886 mm) spacing between bottom holes in upper wall mount and B B bottom holes in lower wall mount. A � � A 17 3 16 in 0 436 mm 0 011155 Figure 4-2.Insert Foot Bracket into Lower Mount • See Figure 4-3. Use flat washers and lag bolts (A) B 16 in to secure top of lower mount. 4 3/16 in (406.4 mm) 34 7/8 in (106.8 mm) (886 mm) I c I 0 I I 011154 A Figure 4-5. Lower and Top Bracket Alignment 011156 Figure 4-3. Install Top Bolts in Lower Wall Mount 16 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery Battery Knockout Locations (IR and OR models) 1-5/16 in (3.3 cm) 13-3/8 in , (34 cm) i 57-5/8 in 9-3/8 in (146.3 cm) i (23.9cm) o 1-1/4 in (3.12 cm) I o I I 42-13/16in I e 41-5/8 in (108.7 cm) (105.7cm) —————— .o 29-5/8in (75.18 cm) m i i 011210 Figure 4-6. Battery Knockout Locations(IR and OR models) Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 17 Installing PWRcell Battery Placing Chassis onto Bracket and Leveling Feet 6. Verify there is minimum 1-3/4 in (4.45 cm) gap 1. See Figure 4-7. Lift body (A) onto bracket (B). between the bottom of the body and the floor. Keep body tight to the wall while lowering body 7. Tighten machine screws to bracket and torque to onto bracket. Verify bracket tabs (C) hook into body 13 in-lb(1.47 Nm). pockets (D). 8. Verify feet have not lifted from floor. o ° 9. Tighten feet jam nuts to lock them in place. D c Installing REbus wiring A Electrocution.Put the Generac PWRcell Inverter into Safety Shutdown before installing wiring. If there are any 0 �� other batteries connected to REbus,toggle their front Battery Disconnect switches to OFF.Failure to do so will result in death or serious injury. (000606) ACAUTION Equipment damage. Never connect REbus conductors to ground. Connecting REbus conductors to ground 009926 could result in equipment or property damage. Figure 4-7- Mounting Bracket(1 of 2) (000607a) 2. See Figure 4-8. Align body slots (E) with wall bracket holes (F). ACAUTION Equipment damage. Connect only to REbus-compatible devices to the DC bus. Never connect to any other DC e power source. Connecting to other DC power sources could result in equipment damage. i (000598a) When installing REbus wiring: 0 • Wiring must be installed in accordance with Article 706 in the NEC. • Wiring must comply with local electrical codes. F • Wiring must be grounded according to local codes. .� When required, grounding is the responsibility of the installer. For proper REbus communication, ensure the chassis is securely bonded to the PWRcell Inverter via the grounding bar in the PWRcell Inverterwiring compartment. 009927 - Wiring must be protected from exposed metal edges by using appropriate bushings, fittings, and Figure 4-8. Mounting Bracket(2 of 2) restraints. 3. Fasten body to bracket with two included M4x8mm ' Watertight conduit fittings are required for OR SEMS screws in each horizontal bracket brace. model. NOTE: Start screws. Do not tighten. • Wiring must adhere to the following specifications: 4. Adjust feet as necessary to ensure the feet are car- Table 4-1.Wiring Specifications rying the weight of the unit. Specification Min Max Units 5. Check unit for plumb side to side. Adjust feet as Allowable wire size 10 6 AWG necessary ensure both stay in full contact with the Torque 13.3(1.5) 15.9(1.8) lb-in(N-m) floor. Strip length 3/8 (10) in (mm) IMPORTANT NOTE: Do not lift the body off the Temperature rating 90 C bracket by over lengthening the feet. 18 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery To install REbus wiring: Remote Shutdown Switch Connec- 1. See Figure 4-9. Install REbus conductors to their tions (if equipped) terminal blocks: RE+to red (A), RE-to blue (B). NOTE: See Figure 4-10. The STOP terminals ship with 2. Install equipment grounding conductor to green ter- a 14 AWG jumper (A) installed. Remove this jumper minal block (C). before installing an external shutdown switch. 3. If required, route field wiring conductors through e the grommet wiring chase baffle (D). NOTE: Do not route wires around the baffle. 4. At the PWRcell Inverter, install RE+ and RE- con- ductors to any unused 30A REbus DC disconnect. 5. Secure equipment grounding conductor to the PWRcell Inverter ground bar. A + STOP - ' O RE+RE- TURN BATTERY O B DISCONNECT"OFF" AND DE-ENERGIZE A REBUS BEFORE TOUCHING TERMINALS C REMOVE FOR � REMOiE SHUTDOWN swna ® 012362 0 D Figure 4-10. Remove Jumper See Figure 4-11. Connect the wiring to the external shut- 009928 down switch (field supplied) to battery STOP terminals. Figure 4-9. REbus Wiring The STOP Terminals accept 20 to 12 AWG, solid or stranded wire. As shown, 14 AWG THWN (600V) wiring can be used and run in the same conduit as the REbus Note on DC Wiring and the NEC wires. Some electricians or installers may be unfamiliar with DC e wiring in a residential setting. Note the following: • NEC 215.12(C)(2) for correct DC wiring coloring. • NEC 210.5(C)(2) for identification of DC conduc- tors carrying more than 50V. Always adhere to applicable codes when marking and installing DC conductors. See Table 4-2. For all REbus DC wiring observe the fol- lowing coloring convention: + STOP - Table 4-2. REbus DC Wiring Coloring Convention TURN BATTERY DISCONNECT"OFF" Wire Color AND DE-ENERGIZE REbus+ (RE+) Red REBUS BEFORE TOUCHING TERMINALS REbus-(RE-) Black or Blue with Black Sleeving Ground(GND) Green NOTE: Mark or flag all conductors as appropriate. ® H 012363 Figure 4-11. Connect To Remote Shutdown Switch Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 19 Installing PWRcell Battery NOTE: Select a code compliant switch rated for STOP 3. See Figure 4-13. The STOP terminals and circuit voltage of 12VDC minimum and current greater remote shutdown switch can be wired in par- than or equal to 1A. Switch must be listed and meet the allel. In this case polarity matters. Wire the requirements of Article 404 of NFPA 70.A suitable choice "STOP+" of first device to "STOP+" of second is Leviton 12021-21 Single-Pole Toggle Switch, 3A, 24V device. Wire the "STOP-" of first device to AC/DC. "STOP-" of second device. From either • When the switch is in the OPEN or OFF position device, run a wire pair from the STOP termi- the remote shutdown will be activated. Switching to nals to the remote shutdown switch. the CLOSED or ON position deactivates the Battery Inverter remote shutdown. + STOP - STOP - Remote • Installation of an external STOP switch does not Shutdown Switch disable the Battery Disconnect Switch mounted on r� the top of the battery front panel. Opening the 012365 Battery Disconnect Switch will cause the battery Figure 4-13. Remote Shutdown Switch Parallel management unit(BMU)to open its contactors and Wiring isolate the battery stack from REbus,where REbus IMPORTANT NOTE: If polarity is wired incorrectly, will still have voltage if the inverter is enabled. neither device will see a STOP condition and it will Opening the battery's STOP circuit with an external not be possible to shutdown either device via the switch, however, will open the battery's contactors STOP terminals until the wiring is corrected. and initiate a system shutdown. Once a shutdown has been initiated, the inverter control panel must NOTE: Test the remote shutdown switch operation after be used to exit the shutdown and return the system installation. Enable all PWRcell devices connected to the to normal functionality. The system cannot exit remote shutdown switch. Initiate a remote shutdown by shutdown mode until the remote shutdown switch opening the remote shutdown switch. Verify the system has been returned to the closed position. has shutdown. After verification, disengage the remote • For PWRcell systems with multiple remote shutdown by closing remote shutdown switch. shutdown STOP circuits (multiple PWRcell NOTE: Local codes may require special labeling, indica- devices) several configurations can be used. tors, or other features. Requirements can vary by region, 1.An isolated multi-pole, single-throw NC switch so consult a local code enforcement officer for guidance. or button. Have the number of poles corre- spond with the number of STOP device inputs to be connected. Run a separate wire pair from each pole of the switch to the STOP inputs of each device. Polarity does not matter in this case. 2. See Figure 4-12. The STOP terminals and remote shutdown switch can be wired in one series circuit. In this case polarity matters. Wre the "STOP +" of first device to "STOP" of second device. Then wire the two remain- ing "STOP"terminals to the remote shutdown switch. Battery Inverter p STOP- STOP — Remote Shutdown Switch 012364 Figure 4-12. Remote Shutdown Switch Series Wiring 20 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery Connecting Blackstart Battery See Figure 4-14. Connect blackstart battery lead to posi- O tive battery terminal (E). NOTE: The negative lead is already connected to termi- nal (F). NOTE: Do not leave blackstart battery connected if PWRcell Battery is not connected to REbus. Blackstart battery will enter a sleep mode and discharge to support A the unit. E F ON O OFF BATPERY QlSCC.JNECi CO) o ® ® C' O O O o 0— 011158 0 ® ® Cm Figure 4-16. EX Module Outline Dimensions A 17.72± 0.08 in (450 mm±2) 009928 Figure 4-14. Blackstart Battery Connections B 3.46± 0.08 in (88 mm±2) Module Dimensions C 17.32 ± 0.08 in (440 mm±2) .,?5!21a I'OBB I � O O 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 W Imo- C 011292 Figure 4-15. DCB Module Outline Dimensions A 17.72± 0.08 in (450 mm±2) B 3.31 ± 0.08 in (84 mm±2) C 17.32± 0.08 in (440 mm±2) Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 21 Installing PWRcell Battery Installing Battery Modules ACAUTION Ensure all battery modules installed in any single PWRcell Battery are the same type (EX or DCB). Connecting different battery types can result in equipment damage. (000731a) • Record battery module serial numbers prior to installation in Table 1: Important Information located in the inside front cover of this manual. • When installing battery modules, install top rear module first, regardless of configuration. • See Figure 4-17 for the order of battery module and spacer installation for PWRcell M3 (B), PWRcell M4 (C), PWRcell M5 (D), and PWRcell M6 (E). NOTE: Module spacers (F) are required on PWRcell M3 (B) and M5 (D) configurations. O O O O O O O O 1 0 0 0 2 O O O 2 2 1 0 O O 2 O O O O O O 3 0 4 O 0 0 4 3 0 0 0 4 3 0 O O 4 O 3 0 0 O O O 6 O O O 6 F OC 5 5 O O O O O F O O 012440 Figure 4-17. Battery Module/Spacer Order of Installation 22 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery Installing Rear Modules 4. Fasten each grounding tab with a M4x8 mm SEMS 1. See Figure 4-18. Angle top of battery module (G) screw (M) and torque to 13 in-lb (1.47 Nm). under and behind bracket lip (H). IMPORTANT NOTE: Battery module ports (1) must face the right side of the PWRcell Battery body with the COM ports above the power port. 2. Slide bottom of module to back of PWRcell Battery ® M chassis (J). L 3. Push bottom of module against grounding clips (I). NOTE: Grounding clips are designed to contact and bite into the battery module case to provide an equipment grounding connection. 009931 o� Figure 4-20. Installing Top Grounding Tabs ® Installing Front Modules See Figure 4-21. Install front battery modules (N) using H the same procedure as used on the rear modules. See m m ® Figure 4-17. Battery Module/Spacer Order of Instal- ® o lation. m , e �' 1 K ®a � _® 009929 Figure 4-18. Installing Rear Battery Modules ® O a 1 Installing Grounding Tabs N 1. See Figure 4-19. Install two L-shaped grounding o . tabs (L) at the bottom of the module on both sides. 009932 2. Fasten each grounding tab with a M4x8 mm SEMS Figure 4-21. Installing Front Battery Modules screw (M)torque to 13 in-lb (1.47 Nm). Installing Module Spacer(PWRcell M3 and PWRcell M5 only) See Figure 4-22. Module spacers (0) must be installed on any single module shelf. M i ® 009930 Figure 4-19. Installing Bottom Grounding Tabs 3. See Figure 4-20. Install grounding tabs (L) at the top of the module on both sides. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 23 Installing PWRcell Battery 0 ' o 009935 9 Figure 4-24.Installing Module Spacer(2 of 3) 4. See Figure 4-25. Secure spacer with two M4X8 SEMS screws and torque to 13 in-lb (1.47 Nm). 0 009933 CD Figure 4-22. Module Spacer � o PWRcell Battery modules and upgrade kits can be obtained by contacting Generac Customer Service at 1- • o ; 888-436-3722 (1-888-GENERAC), or www.gen- erac.com. NOTE: Kits must be installed by a qualified individual. Table 5—Module Spacer Kit Module Spacer Kit Part Number ® 9 Generac PWRcell Spacer Kit APKE00008 9 0� To install module spacer: 1. See Figure 4-23. Angle top of spacer (P) under and behind bracket lip (Q). ooss3s Figure 4-25. Installing Module Spacer(3 of 3) Installing Retention Clips LI Q See Figure 4-26. All front battery modules must be secured with retention clips (R). ®I P ®I ® o R ® o o N ® ®I • oo %° m ® o a � � ® 009934 Figure 4-23. Installing Module Spacer(1 of 3) 2. See Figure 4-24. Slide spacer up between brackets. C x 3. Push bottom of spacer in. I 009937 Figure 4-26.Retention Clips(1 of 3) 24 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery See Figure 4-27. Note that there are three types of 3. Secure retention clip to bracket with a M4X8 mm retainer clips: double retention clips (U), single retention screw and torque to 13 in-lb (1.47 Nm). clips marked O (T) and single retention clips marked X (S). Connecting COM Cables (DCB and EX • Install single retention clips m (S) at the top and Modules) bottom of the stack. See Figure 4-29 for a description of the module connec- • Install double retention clips (U) between rows of tions and indicator lights. modules. 01 00 00 Qo oQ ja Oo T sLI E D s C I B O o U U o O _ f 0 o O 11MENERIP o 0 X S T O®pa° O O O O O 009938 012286 Figure 4-27. Installing Retention Clips(2 of 3) Figure 4-29. DCB(left)and EX Module(right) Connections To install retention clips: 1. See Figure 4-28. Align holes in retention clip (V) A Battery Connection Power Port with stud (Wj and mounting hole (X). B CommOut Port v C Commin Port x w E D SoC LED E Status LED 1. See Figure 4-30. Locate multicolored CAT5 cables o attached to battery power cable harness on body m and top, rear battery module (Z). ® 2. Connect Gray CAT5 cable to battery module COM OD IN (A) 009939 3. Connect Black CAT5 jumper to battery module Figure 4-28. Retention Clips(3 of 3) COM OUT(B). 2. Apply gentle pressure to ensure all grounding tabs NOTE: Black CAT5 jumper is found in hardware kit. and clips make firm contact with case. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 25 Installing PWRcell Battery 4. Connect the other end of Black CAT5 jumper to COM IN port (D) on front battery module (C). 5. Connect Blue CAT5 cable to COM OUT port (E). 6. Connect the other end of Blue CAT5 cable to COM i IN port(G) on lower, rear battery module (F). c /: ` Oz 01 Z J ` OA OR D IL0. A E p + \ 009941 o Figure 4-31. Module COM Cabling(2 of 2) I Gray CAT5 J Blue CAT5 K Orange CAT5 ®o ® o L Black CAT5 Jumpers Connecting Battery Power Cables 1 . )IM Electrocution. Never reach into port or touch `^. battery terminals with hands or tools. Doing so will result in death, serious injury, equipment or 01 property damage. (000639) G O"s 1. See Figure 4-32. Remove gray rubber cap (A) �= from each module power port. 2. Plug black power cable connectors into battery H s module power ports (B). C1 009940 Figure 4-30. Module COM Cabling(1 of 2) k ® �_ 7. See Figure 4-31. Continue connecting the remain- ing battery modules. While installing CAT5 cables: ®e B 5 S A • Work from top to bottom. 0 0 • Connect battery modules sharing a shelf with a ® 0 0N black jumper cable (L) going from the rear battery D© COM OUT port to the front battery COM IN port. • Do not install a CAT5 cable to the last battery module's COM OUT port M . • Remaining COM cables can be left disconnected. • Unused CAT5 jumpers should be kept in safe place 009942 for future module upgrades. Figure 4-32. Power Cable Ports 26 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Installing PWRcell Battery 3. See Figure 4-32. Install loop jumper (C) on every Installing Cover unused power cord connector(D). 1. See Figure 4-35. Place cover(A) upright in front of unit. 2. Verify all cables are tucked in and clear of frame. 3. Slide cover straight back until it engages with body d; (B). 4. Verify all angled guides are tucked inside body. ® o The back edges of the cover should be against the 0 rubber gasket along their entire length (C). c FIT NOTE: Do not force cover into place. 5. Lift straight up. Pins on cover will automatically O I'll engage and hold the top of the cover in place. 6. Gently push in on the bottom of the cover. This will lock the bottom of the cover in place. A A 009943 7. Install two M4X16 mm screws (D) and torque to 13 Figure 4-33. Installing Loop Jumper in-lb (1.47 Nm). 4. See Figure 4-34. Tie unused loop jumpers (E) to To remove the cover: wiring chase baffle slot (F)for future use. ` 1. See Figure 4-35. Remove the two M4X16 mm NOTE: If a battery module needs to be replaced, spare SEM (D) securing cover(A)to body (B). loop jumpers can be used to keep PWRcell Battery run- 2. Lift cover up. ning until the replacement battery module gets installed. 3. Pull cover bottom out slightly and lower to the floor. F E 0 C i O O & 009944 Figure 4-34. Unused Loop Jumpers 0 009919 Figure 4-35. Installing Front Cover(OR model shown) Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 27 Installing PWRcell Battery Upgrading PWRcell Battery 10. Add the new battery module(s)to the stack by con- See Figure 4-35. Inside of the PWRcell Battery, battery necting the battery power harness and appropriate Cat 5 communication cables. See Installing Bat- modules are stacked 2-deep on three levels, allowing for tery Modules for more information. up to 6 modules to be connected in a series. In systems with less than 6 modules, a PWRcell Battery can be Maximizing Battery Capacity After Upgrade upgraded with additional modules. To maximize battery capacity after adding new battery Whenever upgrading a PWRcell Battery with additional modules, allow the battery to charge to 100%. Leave the modules: system set to Priority Backup or Clean Backup system • A Vset Function must be performed. See Using mode for several days to allow the battery cells to bal- Vset Function. ance. • A module spacer must be installed on any single module shelf. See Installing Module Spacer (PWRcell M3 and PWRcell M5 only). Using Vset Function NOTE: Perform Vset before installing new modules. NOTE: To perform Vset, the existing battery modules must be at higher voltages than the new modules. Vset procedure works by discharging existing battery modules to match new module voltage(s). 1. Ensure inverter system is set to Priority Backup or Clean Backup system mode. 2. Prior to installing, measure the voltage of each new battery module at the module main power termi- nals using a digital multi-meter and record the volt- age values for each. NOTE: If installing more than one module, where those module's voltages differ by more than 300 mV (0.3 Volts) from each other, perform the Vset procedure individually for each module to ensure proper cell balancing. 3. Navigate to the PWRcell Battery device page and press the center button to access the main menu; then select'Mod. Settings.' 4. Navigate to the last setting, 'Module Vset', and select using the center button. 5. Enter the voltage value measured from the new module(s) if different from the default value and 'Save' changes. 6. From the PWRcell Battery device page, press the center button. 7. Select 'Start Vset' from the PWRcell Battery main menu. 8. The battery will start discharging. Look for the Bat- tery Status LED to be green, rapid flashing. NOTE: The system will automatically stop discharging and disable the battery once the existing modules dis- charge to the voltage set. 9. Once Vset has finished, check existing module voltages at their module main power terminals with a digital multi-meter to ensure they match the volt- ages of the new module(s). 28 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Commissioning Section 5: Commissioning General Information Configure Battery NOTE: Register the PWRcell Inverter for commissioning 1. Using the left or right arrow keys on the inverter at https.11pwiffeet.generac.com. control panel, navigate to the PWRcell Battery Before commissioning PWRcell Battery verify all wiring is device page and press the center button. correct and secure and that the front cover is securely in 2. Select'Mod. Settings'to access battery setpoints. place. For more information, see: 3. Configure Mod. Settings setpoints as desired. See • Installing REbus wiring Table 1 for a description of settings. • Installing Battery Modules NOTE: PWRcell Battery will auto-detect the number of • Installing Retention Clips lithium-ion modules. • Connecting Battery Power Cables Enable Battery • Installing Cover 1. Turn the PWRcell Battery Disconnect ON. PWRcell systems installed in one and two family dwelling 2. Select Enable and confirm on the PWRcell Inverter units shall be commissioned as follows: control panel device page. 1. Verify system is installed in accordance with the installation instructions in this manual and all local Confirm Island Mode is Enabled code requirements. 1. Using the inverter control panel, select Mod. Set- t. Provide a copy of the PWRcell Battery installation tings on the PWRcell Inverter device page. and owner's manual to the system owner. 2. Ensure Enalslanding is set to 'on'. 3. Provide training to the system owner on the proper 3. If using an external automatic transfer switch, refer operation and maintenance of the battery. to the Generac PWRcell Inverter Installation Man- 4. Provide a label on the installed system containing ual and the PWRcell ATS Manual for switch wiring contact information for the qualified maintenance and configuration. and services providers. IMPORTANT NOTE: Island mode must be enabled for NOTE: See the Generac PWRcell Inverter Owner's inverter to provide backup power during outages. Manual for complete information on enabling the inverter and using the display and keypad, as well as information Operating Modes,_ - -on the different-operational modes and their-uses. - -- Parameters, and Setpoints Commissioning Procedure The PWRcell Battery's internal control electronics come For complete system commissioning, please reference preprogrammed for the safe and effective charge and the Quick Start Commissioning guide included with the discharge of the battery modules. PWRcell Inverter and the PWRcell Inverter Installation The PWRcell System supports multiple storage interac- Manual. tive system modes. For complete information on the dif- For multi-inverter system commissioning, stop here and ferent system modes and how to select them, see the reference Multi-Inverter System Commissioning in the Generac PWRcell Inverter Owner's Manual. PWRcell Inverter Installation Manual. Reference Table 1 below for detailed list of PWRcell Bat- Commissioning the PWRcell Battery REbus device: tery settings. 1. Turn the REbus DC disconnect for the PWRcell Battery to the ON position at the inverter. 2. Enable the inverter from the PWRcell Inverter device page, using the inverter control panel. NOTE: Enabling the PWRcell Inverter builds voltage on REbus allowing for device communications. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 29 Commissioning Battery Settings TABLE 1. Battery Settings Setpoint Range Default Description Channel for REbus communications.All devices in a PLM Channel 1 —12 1 system must use the same channel(except REbus Beacon). Minimum state of charge (SOC)absolute-this is the MinSocAbsl 0—20% 2 percentage of charge the battery will discharge to while the system is in Island Mode. MaxSocAbsl 10—100% 100 Maximum state of charge(SOC)absolute-this is the percentage of charge the battery will charge to. Minimum state of charge (SOC)reserve-this is the MinSocRsry 0—90% 30 percentage of charge the battery will discharge to using Self-Supply Mode. Maximum state of charge(SOC)reserve-when bat- tery SoC reaches this value, PV power is diverted MaxSocRsry 10—100% 100 from charging the battery to powering local loads sav- ing battery capacity for future charging. When excess power might otherwise be clipped,this extra capacity can be used to absorb peak PV. The battery stack will charge up to this current limit DschgCurLim 0—35 Amps 35 continuously after power has been converted from REbus. The battery stack will charge up to this current limit ChgCurLim 0—35 Amps 35 continuously after power has been converted from REbus. Length of time the battery will sleep for upon reaching Sleep Time 1 —720 Minutes 60 its MinSocAbsl while in island mode. Battery will wake up every hour for four minutes to power search. Power search setting is the length of time the battery PowSrch Time 10—900 Seconds 240 will wake up from sleeping to search for PV power on REbus for charging. Voltage level the battery will drain its modules to upon Module Vset 40.0—55 Volts 46.5 initiating the Vset procedure. See Upgrading PWR- cell Battery. 30 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Commissioning Decommissioning Decommissioning Plan AWARNINGI The owner of the PWRcell Battery and the qualified Generac Service Dealer shall prepare a written Environmental Hazard.Always recycle batteries at an decommissioning plan that provides the overview of the official recycling center in accordance with all local decommissioning process developed specifically for the laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in battery that is to be decommissioned. The environmental damage, death, or serious injury. (000228) decommissioning plan shall provide the requirements and methods necessary to safety discharge the stranded JAWARNING1 energy in battery modules and the proper removal from the installation site including the transportation and Environmental Hazard. Decommissioning must be recycling process for the battery modules. performed by qualified personnel. Decommissioning After the battery has been decommissioned, a performed by unqualified personnel could result in decommissioning report shall be prepared by the owner environmental damage, death, or serious injury. (000654) of the system and the qualified Generac Service Dealer indicating the date the battery was decommissioned, the PWRcell Battery modules will be required to be final results of the decommissioning process, any issues decommissioned at the battery module end of life stage that were identified during the decommissioning process, or if the PWRcell Battery will be removed from the and the required measures taken to resolve those issues. premises in accordance with these instructions, the requirements in NFPA 855, and all applicable code requirements. The authority having jurisdiction (AW) Battery Recycling shall be notified prior to the decommissioning of the Always recycle batteries in accordance with local laws battery. and regulations. Contact your local solid waste collection site or recycling facility to obtain information on local recycling processes. For more information on battery recycling, visit the Battery Council International website at: http://batterycouncii.org. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 31 Commissioning This page intentionally left blank. 32 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Wiring Diagrams Section 6: Wiring Diagrams PWRcell M3 O O Contactors BLACK RED O O i Snubber i Battery String DC - - - - - 1/O Switch — Black-start battery O @ O a 1 B REbus 380v DC O o O ------------- t � o i s i e i 1 1 REbus cable entrance 1 Module Cat 5 COMs Cable 1 Module Spacer Front Module 2 1 1 1 Module 1 Module 3 Top 1 1 1 �00 ® qoo � lolgoo f 00 00 -------------------------- --------- 95; Back 009945 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 33 Wiring Diagrams PWRcell M4 O O Contactors BLACK RED 1 O O Snubber Battery String L _ _ _ _ _I DC� 1/0 Switch — Black-start battery ° ° O 1 O ° ° o ° B °REbus 380v DC O o O-------------------- ° a REbus cable entrance Module CAT5 CO Ms Cable -----------------------------------------------------------------------• Front I Module 1 Module 3 00 + ® o ao ' +� " ' � - 00 00 � � °° LOP-71 Module Jumpers I Top Module 2 Module 4 + 1 2 [� 700 00 +,-- ,-_ 00 •---------------------------- •---------------- Back 009946 34 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Wiring Diagrams PWRcell M5 O O BLACK Contactors RED Snubber i Battery String - — — — — — DC� I/O Switch — Black-start battery 1 I O ' O I 1 0 I B REbus 380v DC I O o O I I 0 1 I 6 eemeee°ov®®®m®vmed -____ i REbus cable entrance Module CATS CO Ms Cable ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Module Spacer Front Module Jumper Module 2 Module 4 ; 0 700 � p P. °J2 ,L901 ; Module 1 Module 3 S Module 5 ; Top D Q ° 0 Iil� D ° ° =00= �- - 00 00 q_ 00 Back 009947 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 35 Wring Diagrams PWRcell M6 O O Contactors BLACK RED i Snubber Battery String — — — — —� DC 1/0 Switch — Black-start battery O 1 O I B REbus 380v DC I O o O ------------------J L---- � ; REbus cable entrance Module Cat 5 COMs Cable -----------------------------------------------------------------------• Front Module 1 Module 3 Module 5 EO__O � ® a a s � ffo-O-Tff a a o o �� FA a a ' ' To ' Module 2 Module 4 e r Module 6 p o o � � o I 00 + © 900 00 00 Q 00 00 ;dq°° 00 ---------------- Back 009948 36 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery Troubleshooting Section 7: Troubleshooting General Troubleshooting Some of the more common problems are listed in the table below. This information is intended to be a check or verification that simple causes can be located and fixed. It does not cover all types of problems. Procedures requiring in-depth knowledge or skills should be referred to a Generac Authorized Service Dealer. Table 7-1. General Troubleshooting Guide Problem Possible Cause Solution Battery Disconnect Switch OFF Turn battery disconnect switch ON. Measure stack voltage using digital multi-meter at screw Battery stack voltage is zero volts/ terminals on either side of fuse blocks or at main power incomplete series connection harness connector. If zero volts measured, ensure looped jumpers are installed at any vacant module positions, and ensure power plugs are fully seated at each battery module. Battery remains in Double check Cat 5 sequence from module to module. Waiting state, or shows "Battery Not Ready" Battery comms cables are out of Make sure module is not upside down. sequence or not fully connected Ensure Cat 5 cables are fully seated. Unplug one battery module before opening fuse holders. Battery fuse(s)are blown Remove fuses and test each fuse for continuity using a digital multi-meter. Inverter disabled Enable inverter. REbus not operating Verify REbus is operating correctly. DC disconnect OFF Verify inverter is disabled,then turn DC disconnect ON. Battery not recognized by Loose connection Verify connections are secure. inverter Insufficient voltage Measure voltage at the REbus terminals;there should be at least 360V between RE+and.RE-. Inverter and battery not using same Set inverter and battery to same PLM channel. PLM channel If problems persist, contact the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer(IASD) or Generac Customer Service at 1-888-436-3722 (1-888-GENERAC). Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery 37 Troubleshooting This page intentionally left blank. 38 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Battery This page intentionally left blank. GENERAC® Part No.A0000639748 Rev. C 4/14/2021 02021 Generac Power Systems, Inc. Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. S45 W29290 Hwy. 59 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Waukesha,WI 53189 No reproduction allowed in any form without prior written 1-888-GENERAC(1-888-436-3722) consent from Generac Power Systems, Inc. www.generac.COM GENERAC® Installation Manual Generac PWRce11TM Inverters XVT076AO3 XVT114G03 m E ln 40D O 009954 Loss of life.This product is not intended to be used in a critical life support application. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in death or serious injury. (000209b) Register your Generac product at: hftps:/Ipwrfleet.generac.com 1-888-GENERAC (888-436-3722) Para espatiol,visita: http://www.cienerac.comiservice-suaaort/r)roduct-support-lookup Pour le frangais,visiter: http://www.clenerac.com/service-support/product-support-lookup Use this page to record important information about your Generac Product Record the information found on your unit data label on this page. See Serial Number Location. When contacting an Independent Authorized Service Dealer (IASD) or Generac Customer Service, always supply the complete model number and serial number of the unit. Table 1: PWRcell Inverter Important Information Unit Model Number Unit Serial Number Date Purchased Commissioning Date OWARNING CANCER AND REPRODUCTIVE HARM www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. (000393a) ii Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter Section 1: Safety Rules & General Section 6: Commissioning and Setup Information System Configuration 25 Introduction ..........................................................1 General Information 25 .......................................... Safety Rules .........................................................I Commissioning the System 25 General Hazards ..................................................2 Registration Electrical Hazards ................................................3 Connecting PWRcell Inverter to AC Power .....26 Section 2: General Information Selecting Inverter System Mode ......................26 Configuring Inverter Settings ...........................27 Specifications ......................................................5 Adjusting Inverter Settings ..............................27 Serial Number Location ......................................6 Selecting Inverter Compliance Setting Unit Dimensions .................................................6 (optional) Component Locations .........................................6 Selecting ESS Grid Usage Mode (Optional) ....28 About PWRcell Inverters .....................................6 Enabling REbus Devices 28 Inverter Control Panel .........................................7 REbus Beacon Setup 29 Manually Configuring IP Settings ....................32 Section 3: Location and Compliance Commissioning Multiple Inverter Systems .....33 Location ................................................................9 Installer Configuration Tool 35 Compliance ..........................................................9 Rapid Shutdown ..................................................9 Section 7: Maintenance Voltage and Frequency Trip Thresholds .........10 Service ................................................................39 Accessing Wiring Compartment ......................39 Section 4:Installing PWRcell Inverter Replacing Fuses ................................................39 PWRcell Inverter Dimensions and Mounting Clearances ..........................................................11 Section 8: Troubleshooting Mounting Bracket Dimensions .........................II General Troubleshooting ..................................41 Mounting the Inverter ........................................12 Section 5: Electrical Connections PWRcell Inverter Wiring Compartment ............13 Accessing Wiring Compartment ......................14 Knockout Dimensions and Locations .............14 Wiring Guidelines ..............................................15 Grounding Bar Wiring .......................................16 DCWiring ...........................................................17 ACWiring ...........................................................17 Protected Load ...................................................18 Current Transformers (CTs) .............................20 Other Accessories .............................................24 Owner's Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter III This page intentionally left blank. iv Owner's Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter Safety Rules & General Information Section 1: Safety Rules & General Information Introduction Throughout this publication, and on tags and decals Thank you for purchasing a Generac PWRcelITM product. affixed to the unit, DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and The Generac PWRcell inverter is a storage-ready NOTE blocks are used to alert personnel to special inverter that connects to the PV LinkTM optimizers and instructions about a particular operation that may be PWRcell batteries to form the Generac PWRcell system. hazardous if performed incorrectly or carelessly. Observe them carefully.Alert definitions are as follows: This manual provides instructions for installing the PWRcell inverter, including mounting, wiring, and battery i integration information. The companion document to this installation manual is the Generac PWRcell Inverter Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, Owner's Manual. See the owner's manual for complete will result in death or serious injury. information on programming and configuring the PWRcell inverter. (000001) The information in this manual is accurate based on products produced at the time of publication. The AWARNI'N,G manufacturer reserves _the right to make technical updates, corrections, and product revisions at any time Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, without notice. could result in death or serious injury. Read This Manual Thoroughly (000002) FAWARNIN,G Consult Manual. Read and understand manual ACAUTION completely before using product. Failure to Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, completely understand manual and product could result in minor or moderate injury. could result in death or serious injury.(000100a) (000003) If any section of this manual is not understood, contact the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer NOTE: Notes contain additional information important to (IASD) or Generac Customer Service at 1-888-436-3722 a procedure and will be found within the regular text of (1-888-GENERAC), or-visit www.generac.com for assis- this manual. tance. The owner is responsible for correct maintenance These safety alerts cannot eliminate the hazards that and safe use of the unit. they indicate. Common sense and strict compliance with This manual must be used in conjunction with all other the special instructions while performing the action or supporting product documentation supplied with the service are essential to preventing accidents. product. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS for future reference. This manual contains important instructions that must be fol- How to Obtain Service lowed during placement, operation, and maintenance of For assistance, contact the nearest Independent Autho- the unit and its components. Always supply this manual rized Service Dealer (IASD) or Generac Customer Ser- to any individual that will use this unit, and instruct them vice at 1-888-436-3722 (1-888-GENERAC), or visit on how to correctly start, operate, and stop the unit in www.generac.com. case of emergency. When contacting an IASD or Generac Customer Service, always supply the complete model and serial number of Safety Rules the unit as given on its data decal located on the unit. Record the model and serial numbers in the spaces pro- The manufacturer cannot anticipate every possible cir- cumstance that might involve a hazard. The alerts in this manual, and on tags and decals affixed to the unit, are not all inclusive. If using a procedure, work method, or operating technique that the manufacturer does not spe- cifically recommend, verify that it is safe for others and does not render the equipment unsafe. Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 1 Safety Rules&General Information General Hazards �� ! � • - ACAUTION Electrocution. Do not wear jewelry while Equipment damage. Connect only to REbus-compatible working on this equipment. Doing so will devices to the DC bus. Never connect to any other DC result in death or serious injury. power source.Connecting to other DC power sources (000188) could result in equipment damage. (000598a ! • Connecting the PWRcell inverter to the electric util- Automatic start-up. Disconnect utility power and ity grid must only be done after receiving prior render unit inoperable before working on unit. approval from the utility company. Failure to do so will result in death or serious injury. • Only competent, qualified personnel should install, (000191) operate, and service this equipment. Strictly com- ply to local, state, and national electrical and build- ing codes.When using this equipment, comply with WARNING regulations established by the National Electrical Electrocution.Potentially lethal voltages are generated Code (NEC), CSA Standard; the Occupational by this equipment.Render the equipment safe before Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), or the attempting repairs or maintenance. Failure to do so local agency for workplace health and safety. could result in death or serious injury. Protection against lightning surges in accordance (00018�) with local electric codes is the responsibility of the installer. SEW ,,i1IN�G Risk of injury. Do not operate or service this machine NOTE: Lightning damage is not covered by warranty. if not fully alert. Fatigue can impair the ability to • Never work on this equipment while physically or operate or service this equipment and could result in mentally fatigued. death or serious injury. (000215a) • Any voltage measurements should be performed with a meter that meets UL3111 safety standards, gWAR ING and meets or exceeds overvoltage class CAT III. Loss of life.This product is not intended to be used in a critical life support application. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in death or serious injury. (000209b) gWARNING Equipment damage. Connecting inverter to electric utility grid must only be done after receiving prior approval from utility company. Failure to do so could result in equipment or property damage. (000640) �WARNt G Electric shock.Only a trained and licensed electrician should perform wiring and connections to unit. Failure to follow proper installation requirements could result in death, serious injury,and equipment or property damage. (000155a) MIWARNIN,G Equipment damage. Only qualified service personnel may install,operate,and maintain this equipment. Failure to follow proper installation requirements could result in death, serious injury,and equipment or property damage. (000182a) 2 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Safety Rules&General Information Electrical Hazards i . Electrocution.Water contact with a power source, if not avoided,will result in death or serious injury. (000104) I p . Electrocution. PWRcell Battery front cover should be removed by a qualified technician only. Removing the front cover could result in death, serious injury,equipment or property damage. (000604) Electrocution. In the event of electrical accident, immediately shut power OFF.Use non-conductive implements to free victim from live conductor.Apply first aid and get medical help. Failure to do so will result in death or serious injury. (000145) NAN I � Electrocution.Turn battery disconnect OFF and de-energize REbus before touching terminals. Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury, equipment and property damage. (000599) Electrocution.Verify electrical system is properly grounded before applying power. Failure to do so will result in death or serious - -- - injury. (000152) Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 3 Safety Rules&General Information This page intentionally left blank. 4 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCeII Inverter General Information Section 2: General Information Specifications Description Units XVT076A03 XVT114G03 Max. cont. grid-tied AC power @ 122°F(50°C) kW 7.6 11.4 Max.cont.islanded AC power @ 104°F(40°C) with single 6 module battery cabinet' kW 9.0 9.0 Max. cont.islanded AC power @ 104°F(40°C) kW 11.0 Range 9.6 to 11.0* with 2 battery cabinets(8 modules minimum) Max. cont. Islanded AC power @ 122°F(50°C) kW 8.8 Range 7.5 to 8.8* Peak motor starting current(2 sec) A rms 50 Normal output frequency AC Hz 60 Grid Voltage Line to Neutral(L-N) VAC 120 Grid Voltage Line to Line(L-L) VAC 240 208 Peak efficiency % 97.3 97.7 CEC weighted efficiency % 96.5 97.5 AC terminals wire size AWG 14 to 6 DC terminals wire size AWG 18 to 6 STOP terminals wire size AWG 28 to 16 Weight lb(kg) 62.7 (28.4) Thermal management - forced convection Weatherization rating - NEMAType 3R Enclosure Material - powder-coated steel Description Units Min Nominal Max REbus voltage V do 360 380 420 REbus current V do 302 REbus Input short circuit current3 V do 30 REbus Input source backfeed current to input source V do 30 Output power factor rating AC - 1 Aerating voltage range AC,XVT076A03(L-N) V rms 108 120 130 Operating voltage range AC, XVT076A03(L-L) V rms 216 240 260 Operating voltage range AC,XVT114G03(L-N) V rms 108 120 130 Operating output voltage range AC,XVT114G03(L-L) V rms 184 208 228 Continuous output currentAC grid-tied Arms 32 PCS controlled current grid-tied Arms 32 Continuous output current AC islanded Arms 42 Output fault current duration A/ms 50/2,000 Full Power operating ambient temperature range4 °F(°C) -4(-20) +122(+50) Utility interconnection voltage and frequency trip limits and trip Imes See Voltage and Frequency Trip Thresholds for more Trip voltage and frequency limits information. Trip voltage accuracy Trip time accuracy % 2%+/-2 cycles 1 Peak performance 2lnverterlimits its REbus current to adhere to its AC powerrating.Total REbus current capability from multiple REbus sources may safely exceed this value as the inverter safely limits the amount utilized. 3 Rating for one DC input. Four total. 4 Includes ambient temperature rising from inverter operation. *In Island mode XVT114G03 Protected loads only supply 2 phases 120 VAC L-N, 208 L-L which results in lower power than in grid tied 3 phase mode. The low value of the range is for full L-L loading while high value of the range is full L-N loading. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter 5 General Information Serial Number Location Component Locations Refer to Figure 2-2 to locate unit serial number (D). Record the information from this tag in Table 1:PWRcell Inverter Important Information on the inside front cover of this manual. A C Unit Dimensions C ^�D � o A — D B 009654 Figure 2-2. Component Locations B - c _ A Control Panel 009955 B Intake Filter Figure 2-1. Unit Dimension C Exhaust Vent A 24-3/4 in (628 mm) D Serial Number Tag B 19-3/8 in (491 mm) C 8-3/8 in (214 mm) About PWRcell Inverters The PWRcell inverter connects to PV LinkTm optimizers and PWRcell batteries to form the PWRcell system for grid-interactive solar-plus-storage. Upon the loss of grid power, PWRcell inverters disconnect from the grid and provide AC power to support protected loads when configured to do so. This capability is referred to as islanding. All PWRcell products use the REbusTm 380 VDC nanogrid to connect to each other. The REbus nanogrid automates the flow of power to enable plug-and-play setup and operation of PWRcell equipment. For more information about REbus, visit www.generac.com. In Figure 2-3 PWRcell inverter (E) is directly connected to PV Link optimizers (B) and PWRcell battery (C) on DC (REbus) lines (D). To the right of the inverter are AC lines: 120/240 VAC for grid and home loads (G) and protected loads (H). 6 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter General Information C n G E IY O O D [I[] H D B B B a 009893 Figure 2-3. Generac PWRcell System Example A Solar Panels D REbus G Loads B PV Link E PWRcell Inverter H Protected Loads C PWRcell Battery F Grid Inverter Control Panel REbus Status LED REbus Status LED (C) communicates REbus nanogrid a status through LED color. • Green — all devices are functioning normally and are generating power on REbus. D • Yellow — no PV Links are generating power from PV on Rebus. REbus Inverter • Red — one or more REbus device has a fault that B requires attention before operation will continue. - O D NOTE: A red LED can also indicate a fault with the G REbus wiring itself. See display (A) for more information F Internet about the specific fault detected. Shutdown Inverter LED E (hold) 009894 Inverter LED (D) communicates the status of the utility Figure 2-4. Inverter Control Panel grid and/or inverter through LED color and state. • Green — utility is connected and within normal A LCD Display operational voltage and frequency. B Navigation Keys • Yellow — utility grid is not within normal conditions C REbus Status LED and the inverter is in a waiting state. User D Inverter LED intervention typically is not required. The inverter E Shutdown will restart as soon as the utility grid returns to normal conditions. F Shutdown LED • Red—a serious fault with the utility grid or inverter G Internet LED has been detected and user attention is required See Figure 2-4. The PWRcell system is controlled before the unit will resume operation. See display through the PWRcell inverter control panel. The inverter (A)for more information about the fault detected. control panel is used for adjusting system settings and for • No light — the inverter is disabled, islanded, or interacting with devices. powered off. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter 7 General Information Internet LED Internet LED (G) is illuminated when the inverter is connected to a router and has an IP address. A blue Internet LED does not mean that the inverter has a connection to the Generac server. Shutdown Mode 1A1AElectrocution.Initiate a system-wide shutdown and turn the PWRcell DC Disconnect Switch OFF on all connected batteries before performing service.Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury,or equipment and property damage. (000600) NOTE: A loss of grid power will not de-energize REbus in a PWRcell system configured to island with enabled energy storage. Shutdown button (E) activates a transition to shutdown system mode. Disabled PWRcell equipment limits output voltages to a safe level for servicing. See Rapid Shutdown for more information. NOTE: The AC section of the inverter will still be energized unless the building AC disconnect or main service breaker is shut off. To enter shutdown, press and hold shutdown button (E). In shutdown mode: • PWRcell inverter will stop sourcing power to REbus, and immediately disable all communicating power sources on REbus by sending a system- wide system mode change signal. NOTE: Successful signal transmission relies upon proper configuration of PLM channels across REbus devices (PV Links and Batteries). • Shutdown LED (F)will illuminate. • Inverter screen (A) will display REbus DC bus volt- age and text indicting shutdown mode has been initiated. 8 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter Location and Compliance Section 3: Location and Compliance Location Note on DC Wiring and the NEC When installing the PWRcell inverter, consider the follow- Some electricians or installers may be unfamiliar with DC ing: wiring in a residential setting. Note the following: • The unit can be installed in indoor or outdoor loca- • NEC 690.31 for DC PV circuits in buildings tions. • NEC 215.12(C)(2) for correct DC wiring identifica- • The inverter installation location must meet the tion working space requirements in NEC Article 110.26. Always adhere to applicable codes when marking and installing DC conductors. See Table 3-1:REbus DC Wir- Compliance ing Coloring Convention. Mark or flag all conductors for their polarity as appropriate. t � • • It is recommended that REbus (+) conductors NOT Loss of life. Property damage. Installation must be green,white, gray, blue, or black. always comply with applicable codes, standards, laws • It is recommended REbus (-) conductors NOT be and regulations. Failure to do so will result in death green,white, gray, or red. or serious injury. (000190) Table 3-1. REbus DC Wiring Coloring Convention A („ Wire Color Electrocution.Refer to local codes and standards for REbus+(RE+) Red safety equipment required when working with a live REbus-(RE-) Black or Blue electrical system.Failure to use required safety equipment could result in death or serious injury. Ground(GND) Green (000257) Rapid Shutdown The PWRcell Inverter is equipped with four DC discon- Equipment damage. Only qualified service personnel may nects to initiate the Photovoltaic Rapid Shutdown System install,operate,and maintain this equipment. Failure to (PVRSS). Each disconnect switch can be used to initiate follow proper installation requirements could result in death, Rapid Shutdown in compliance with NEC 690.12 for all serious injury,and equipment or property damage.(000182a) PV Link and SnapRS units connected to-that disconnect. Follow all instructions included in this manual and use NOTE: If an additional DC disconnect is added, ensure appropriate practices for all product wiring and installa- the disconnect switch is DC rated for a minimum of 30 tion. amperes, 450 volts. To initiate the PVRSS: • Open the inverter lid. • Locate the four DC disconnects to the left of the Generac Power Core. • Turn all disconnects with connected PV sources to the "off" position. • PV Links will open all SnapRS devices within 30 seconds controlling all PV conductors within the array to less than 80V, and all conductors leaving the array to below 30V. NOTE: Where the DC disconnect(s) in the inverter are used as the Rapid Shutdown initiation device, proper labeling is required for the exterior of the inverter lid to indicate to first responders where to initiate Rapid Shut- down. Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter 9 Location and Compliance Voltage and Frequency Trip Thresholds This unit or system is provided with fixed trip limits and Voltage Trip Thresholds shall not be aggregated above 30 kW on a single point of See Table 3-2 for the default fixed voltage trip setpoints. common connection. All over voltage and under voltage trip conditions result in All PWRcell inverters are shipped from the factory in a 300-second restart delay time after the trip threshold compliance with all UL1741 requirements, including has been exceeded for the listed number of cycles. IEEE1547. If permission to operate (PTO) is dependent on compliance to a specific utility standard, follow the Frequency Trip Thresholds steps covered in Installer Configuration Tool section in See Table 3-2 for the default fixed frequency trip set- this manual. points.All over frequency and under frequency trip condi- tions result in a 300-second restart delay time after the trip threshold has been exceeded for the listed number of cycles. Table 3-2.Voltage Trip and Frequency Thresholds Voltage Trip Thresholds Frequency Trip Thresholds Threshold o No.Threshold of Cycles Threshold Hz Over/ No.of Cycles (/o of nominal) Under Nominal OV1 110 120 OF1 0.5 120 OV2 120 10 OF2 2 6 OV3 130 1 0173 1.3 0 OW 999* 1 OF4 0** 1 UV1 88 120 UF1 0.5 120 UV2 50 10 UF2 2 10 UV3 999* 1 UF3 0** 1 UV4 999* 1 UF4 0** 1 *Value of 999 indicates a disabled threshold for voltage trips *"Value of zero indicates a disabled threshold for frequency trips 10 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter Installing PWRcell Inverter Section 4: Installing PWRcell Inverter PWRcell Inverter Dimensions and Mounting Clearances 4 In 19-1/4 in 8 in 20 in 8-1/2 in (10.16 cm) (48.9 cm) (20.32 cm) (50.8 cm) (21.6 cm) .....................................................................................------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8in (20.32 cm ------------------------- .........................------------------------ ------------------------ ------- 24-1/2 In (62.23 cm) ------------ .............. ...................... - ---------------U------------------------------------------- ..------------------------------------------- .................. ..................... 8 in 28-1/2 in (20.32 cm) 1 (72.4 cm) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------28 --------------------------- 36 in in (71.15 cm) (91.44 cm) 1 010508 .................................................................................................................................................................--------------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 4-1. PWRcell Inverter Dimensions and Mounting Clearances Mounting Bracket Dimensions 1-1/2 in (3.81 cm) 2-3/8 in (6.03 cm) (D 16 in (40.64 cm) 009990 Figure 4-2. Mounting Bracket Dimensions Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter 11 Installing PWRcell Inverter Mounting the Inverter ACAUTION NOTE: Figure 4-3 is for illustration purposes only. Equipment damage.Mount inverter to a strong,stable surface. Never mount to drywall, plaster,or other non-structural wall treatments. Failure to mount inverter to a strong,stable surface ' B could result in equipment or property damage. (000641 a) 1. Verify mounting location adheres to the following m ,m®ID requirements: m®m® B A • Location must meet all PWRcell inverter ® ® a requirements listed in Section 3 of this manual. See Location and Compliance for more information. ®il 009991 • Inverter must be mounted upright on a vertical wall. Figure 4-3. Mounting Inverter onto Bracket • Never obstruct intake or exhaust vents. 4. See Figure 4-4. Secure the bottom of the inverter • Never allow water to enter intake or exhaust vents. to wall with two fasteners through mounting holes • Observe all mounting clearances. See PWRcell (C). Holes are spaced at 11 1/4 in from each other. Inverter Dimensions and Mounting Clearances. Use anchors or blocking as needed. 2. Secure mounting bracket mounting surface o 0o a o through mounting holes. • Fasteners must adequately secure the 62.7 lbs o 0 0 0 (28.4 kg) inverter weight to the wall. E o 0 10 • Fasteners must be suitable for the mounting o ®®o o ° • surface. omo mmom � • Fasteners must engage at least two studs or other . • • m 0 structural members. • Mounting bracket has clearance holes for 1/4 in • ® ® m m fasteners with slots to accommodate different stud • spacings. 009992 3. See Figure 4-3. Insert mounting bracket tabs (A) into inverter body slot (B). Figure 4-4. Mounting Holes 12 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter Electrical Connections Section 5: Electrical Connections PWRcell Inverter Wiring Compartment A H J ® 00 N 0000 0000 0 o00000000a.r.. c ..1101 10111111 B o o O • o 0 ..1101 10111111 K 0 0 O o O O O O OO o 0 L - O a o O O O e0 0 a 0 0 DO 011235 Figure 5-1. PWRcell Inverter Wiring Compartment A PWRcell DC Disconnects H Authorized Generac Personnel Only B REbus Bi-directional DC Terminals I STOP Terminals C Internet Connection J Protected Loads Disconnect D DC Main Fuses K AC Grid Connection Terminals E Current Transformers (CTs)Accessory Ports L Protected Loads Terminals F Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS)Accessory Port M Grounding Bar G REbus Beacon Port N RGM PWR Gen Inhibit Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 13 Electrical Connections Accessing Wiring Compartment • Install reducing washers to accommodate smaller conduit sizes. • Install rain-tight or wet locations hubs in Electrocution.Initiate a system-wide shutdown and turn the compliance with UL514B. PWRcell DC Disconnect Switch OFF on all connected Table 5-3.Combination Knockout Size and Quantity batteries before performing service.Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury,or equipment and property Combination Knockout Size Quantity damage. (000600) 3/4inX1 in 6 r!J 1 ' 1/2inX3/4in 7 Electrocution.Verify all system voltages are safe before 0.575 in use only for LTE Modem Antenna 1 wiring.Disconnect all AC and DC sources of power before touching terminals.Failure to ensure no dangerous voltages are present on conductors and terminals before wiring will result in death or serious injury. (000642) See Figure 5-2. To access the wiring compartment: 1. Initiate an inverter shutdown. 2. Open all PWRcell DC disconnects (A). Verify DC voltage reported on LCD screen has dropped to below 10VDC. 3. Disconnect AC Grid source from inverter. Wait for Inverter LCD screen to turn off. 4. Open inverter front cover by lifting the bottom to horizontal (B) and pushing inward (C). 5. Locate wiring compartment cover(D). 6. Remove five M4X10 screws (E) and wiring compartment cover. 7. Verify all PWRcell DC and AC terminals are below 10V, using a multi-meter. - O OA E � O 010238 Figure 5-2. Wiring Compartment Knockout Dimensions and Locations NOTE: All knockouts are combination knockouts, except for the 1/4 in trade knockout at the top of the left side which is intended only for mounting an optional LTE modem antenna. See Figure 5-3 for knockout locations and Table 5-3 for available knockout sizes and quantities. When using knockouts: 14 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Electrical Connections 1-19/32 in 40 mm 0 o o e 0 21-23/32 in 3-13/16 in 552 mm 97 mm 1-31/32 in 2-7/32 i 50 mm 56 mm 1-21/32 in 42 mm 0 5-17/32 in 5-13/32 in 2-13/16 i 140 mm 137 mm 72 mm 2-9/32 In 2-5/32 in 58 mm 55 mm 2-5/32 in. 2-5/32 in 55 mm 55 mm 1-31/32 in 2-7/16 irL. 1-3/8 in 1-31/32 in 50 mm 62 mm 35 mm 50 mm 13/32 i 10 mm 1-3/4 i Pin 45 mm1-3/32 in 1-7/8 in 28 mm 48 mm2-5/32 in 55 mm 26 mm 011234 Figure 5-3. Knockout Locations Wiring Guidelines • Proper installation techniques must be employed to restrain service loops and to separate AC, DC and U1 B • isolated circuits. 'A Electrocution.Verify all system voltages are safe before • All conductors must be rated for at least 420 V. wiring.Disconnect all AC and DC sources of power before touching terminals.Failure to ensure no dangerous • Always use wiring methods in accordance with voltages are present on conductors and terminals before National Electrical Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) or other wiring will result in death or serious injury. (000642) applicable codes. • Field terminals are for copper conductors only. ! • Do not use field wiring leads smaller than 18 AWG. Electrocution.Turn battery disconnect OFF and • All field installed conductors within the unit are de-energize REbus before touching terminals. sized in compliance with NEC Article 310. Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury, equipment and property damage. (000599) • Torque all terminals as specified in Table 5-4. • The inverter shall be installed in accordance with NEC Article 705. Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 15 Electrical Connections Table 5-4. Terminal Torques Grounding Bar Wiring Wiring Terminal Torque ACAUTION AC terminals 13.3 to 15.9 in-lb(1.5 to 1.8 Nm) Equipment damage. Never connect REbus conductors DC terminals 12 in-lb(1.35 Nm) to ground.Connecting REbus conductors to ground could result in equipment or property damage. Ground terminals 4 to 6 AWG: 45 in-lb(5 Nm) (000607a) 8 AWG: 40 in-lb(4.5 Nm) 10 to 14 AWG: 35 in-lb(4 Nm) Bond the inverter enclosure to the equipment STOP terminals 1.9 to 2.2 in-lb(0.22 to 0.25 Nm) grounding conductor of the normal power source power feeder. • The grounding bar provides central grounding for up to 8 conductors. • Input and output circuits are isolated from the enclosure. • The neutral conductor is not bonded to the equipment ground terminal bar within the enclosure. • The inverter and its connected PV and battery sources are not separately derived systems. • DC system grounding is critical for REbus communications. REbus grounding wires are used as communications wires. Ensure the following REbus devices have a low resistance wired connection back to the inverter grounding terminal bar: — PV Link — PWRcell batteries • Torque all terminals as specified in Table 5-5. Table 5-5.Grounding Bar Wiring Terminal Specifications Wire Size(AWG) Torque 4-6 45 in-lb(5 Nm) 8 40 in-lb(4.5 Nm) 10 30 in-lb(4 Nm) 16 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Electrical Connections DC Wiring Table". DC Wiring Terminal Specifications I t Terminal Wire Min Wire Size Temp Range Temp Rating Torque NA Electrocution. Never touch terminals when IN inverter and PWRcell DC disconnects are ON. 18-6 AWG 40 to 266°F 194°F 12 in-lb Doing so will result in death or serious injury. (.75-10 mm) (40 to 130°C) 90°C (1.35 Nm) (000686a) AC Wiring �WARN�IN,G Equipment damage. Obey polarity markings when NOTE: The installer is responsible for providing sufficient connecting REbus devices. Reverse-polarizing DC overcurrent protection for the AC grid wiring terminals. circuits could result in equipment or property damage. The conductors and overcurrent protection device shall be sized in accordance with NEC Article 705 for the utility (000646) power connection.All other conductors shall be sized in accordance with NEC Article 310 and all other applicable FARN NEC Articles.This system is equipped with a power Equipment damage. Do not connect raw, unregulated control system (PCS). The PCS controlled AC grid battery output to inverter. Connect only REbus-compatible conductors shall be protected with a suitably rated batteries. Connecting batteries that are not REbus- overcurrent device appropriately sized for the conductor compatible could result in equipment or property damage. ampacity. (000645) • See Figure 5-4. The PWRcell inverter is equipped ACAUTION with four AC grid connection terminals and three Equipment damage. Do not connect PV string output protected loads terminals. directly to inverter. PV must be connected via Generac • Use the top four terminals (A) for connection to the PWRcell PV Link.Connecting PV output directly to inverter utility grid. could result in equipment or property damage. (000644a) NOTE: Use L3 terminal (B)with 3-phase inverters only. ®CAUTION Use the bottom three terminals (C) for protected Equipment damage. Connect only one wire to each loads output. See Protected Load. DC wiring terminal. Doubling wires on a terminal N1 could result in equipment or property damage. (000647a) L1 ® A JACAUTIONI L2 Equipment damage.Connect only to REbus-compatible (L3 B I I devices to the DC bus. Never connect to any other DC power source. Connecting to other DC power sources could result in equipment damage. N (000598a) Protcd. NOTE: Disable REbus before returning PWRcell DC L1 ® c Protcd. disconnects to ON position. L2 Protcd. 009996 • Connect all REbus devices to the REbus bi- directional DC terminals. Figure 5-4.AC Wiring Terminals • Each terminal is protected by a 30 A two-pole • Torque all terminals as specified in Table 5-7. circuit disconnect. • PWRcell DC disconnects indicate state and may Table 5-7.AC Wiring Terminal Specifications be used to disconnect DC circuits. 10 to 6 AW G • PWRcell DC disconnects disconnect both Wire Size 2 z ungrounded DC conductors simultaneously. (5.26 mm to 13.3 mm ) • Torque all terminals as specified in Table 5-6. Terminal Temp Range Up to 248°F(12o°C) Wire Min Temp Rating 194°F(90°C) Torque 13.3 in-lb to 15.9 in-lb (1.5 Nm to 1.8 Nm) Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 17 Electrical Connections Protected Load protected loads terminals. This includes when the ACAUTION inverter is disabled. During a grid outage, internal relays Equipment damage. Never connect protected loads inside the inverter isolate the AC grid connection and the terminals to other sources of power, including any other inverter powers the protected loads only using PV array inverter,the utility grid, or a generator. Doing so could and battery power. This transition takes place in a result in equipment or property damage. (000648a) fraction of a second. NOTE: To create a protected loads panel, connect the ACAUTION circuits that require backup to a subpanel. Connect this subpanel to the protected loads terminals. Equipment damage. Never connect protected loads output from inverters in parallel. Doing so could result • The protected loads output can provide on the in equipment or property damage. order of 8 kW of continuous power. See (000649a) Spec cations for exact values. • The inverter can surge up to 50 A for motor starting For systems equipped with energy storage, the inverter's capabilities. protected loads terminals provide power during a grid outage. NOTE: Actual power output for protected loads during a grid outage will depend on system sizing for batteries and NOTE: The protected loads terminals can only provide solar array. two phases of power in a three-phase system. NOTE: Backup power ratings are separate from the See Figure 5-5. By default, the grid powers any power ratings for PWRcell inverters while grid connected- protected loads connected to the inverter protected loads 7.6kW and 11.4kW respectively. terminals. The PWRcell Inverter is configured to pass grid power from AC grid terminals through to the G A B a �1 �b A PV Array B PWRcell Inverter C Protected Loads Panel D Protected Loads Disconnect E AC Main Panel e F PWRcell Battery O G Utility D F C 009997 Figure 5-5. Single Inverter Backup Installation with Protected Loads Panel 18 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Electrical Connections NOTE: See Figure 5-6. On systems that do not include battery storage but battery storage is expected in the future, install a protected loads panel during inverter installation. The protected loads panel will be fed by the grid while the system operates in Grid Tie mode. A G o.. B A PV Array B PWRcellInverter C Protected Loads Panel D Protected Loads Disconnect E AC Main Panel c v E G utility U J DO 009998 Figure 5-6. Configuration forAdding Batteries Later Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 19 Electrical Connections Connecting Ethernet NOTE: Ethernet cable run must be dedicated for the inverter.-This cable may not be daisy-chained to another IMPORTANT NOTE: Generac requires all PWRcell device, including another PWRcell inverter. system components to be connected to the Internet and to maintain such connection throughout the war- Current Transformers (CTs) ranty period. Internet connectivity is established via the PWRcell inverter. By installing the PWRcell ®CAUTION inverter and connecting it to the Internet, Customer agrees that Generac may remotely monitor the use Equipment damage. Only connect CTs provided by and condition of the system and update the system's Generac. Never connect to any other CTs. Connecting to other CTs could result in equipment damage. software and firmware, as necessary,without further notice. If the PWRcell system loses Internet connec- (000732) tion for an extended period, Generac may not be able Current transformers (CTs) are required to use the Self to provide important remote upgrades. In such Supply mode and to enable Import / Export Limiting cases, Generac may not be able to honor the full war- ranty. capability. CTs are also required where setting a specific ESS Grid Usage Mode. CTs also allow the inverter to • See PWRcell Inverter Wiring Compartment for provide information on utility consumption through the the Inverter Ethernet jack location. PWRcell inverter control panel and the PWRview • Use an appropriate cord grip or strain-relief monitoring app. connector when running Ethernet cable with a Connecting Current Transformers conduit. • Inverters connected by a router to a DHCP network • See Figure 5-7. Install CTs around the main will automatically detect settings. service conductors between the service meter and point of interconnection with subsequent service • For manual IP setup, see Manually Configuring entrance panel/device. IP Settings. • Install one current transformer per phase: NOTE: It is the installer's responsibility to verify the — Install two CTs for split phase grids. Internet connection is reliable and secure. Generac recommends using a hardwired connection to provide — Install three CTs for three-phase grids. Internet connectivity. Generac does not support using any wireless or power line carrier network devices. Use these devices at your own discretion. B A ........... H --------------------------------------- A PV Array B PWRcell Inverter C Protected Loads Panel D Protected Loads Disconnect n E AC Main Panel F PWRcell Battery G Current Transformers (CTs) H Utility F C 009997 Figure 5-7. Connecting Current Transformers(CTs) 20 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Electrical Connections Connecting CTs to the Inverter • CT input jack is a double-stacked RJ-45 jack. 1. See Figure 5-8. Connect CT leads to RJ-45 Break- • Either the top or bottom port may be used. out Adapter's (M) push terminals according to the • Both jacks may be used when multiple sets of label on the breakout adapter. CTs are required. NOTE: Use yellow lead for CTx+ and use green lead for CTx-. o 0 0 � C 1 K L H 010001 Figure 5-9.Accessory Ports H Current Transformers (CTs)Accessory Port(RJ-45) Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS)Accessory Port (RJ-45) M J REbus Beacon Port(USB-B) K Authorized Generac Personnel Only L STOP Terminals NOTE: When setting an ESS Grid Usage Mode other 010222 than the default unrestricted mode, attach the label Figure 5-8. RJ-45 Breakout Adapter packaged with the CTs to the inverter. NOTE: RJ-45 Breakout Adapter is included in the Connecting Multiple Sets of CTs Generac PWRcell Kit. When installing CTs, local factors may require multiple NOTE: If the RJ-45 Breakout Adapter is not available, sets of CTs to fully measure the utility power being sent to the building. the CT leads can be wired to a Category 5 (Cat 5) cable. Use Table 5-8 to wire CTs directly to stripped Cat 5 wire. For 4-wire, 120/240 VAC, split-phase service: • Use two-pairs of CTs to measure the service. Use Table 5-8. CT RJ-45 Pinout each pair of CTs to measure a pair of service Wire Color Wire Color conductors/feeders within the main panel. Prn (T-568A) -(T-568B) Value Use both RJ-45 jacks with two Cat 5 cables. 1 White/Green White/Orange CT3+ Connect CT1 from both cables to the same phase 2 Green Orange CT3- and CT2 cable from both cables to the second phase. 3 White/Orange White/Green CT2+ See Table 5-9: Multiple CT Connection. Connect 4 Blue Blue CT1+ Cat 5 cables from the adapters into the two CT 5 White/Blue White/Blue CT1- accessory ports at the inverter. 6 Orange Green CT2- NOTE: Make sure to use the same pinout and connections. 7 White/Brown White/Brown Not Used Table 5-9. Multiple CT Connection 8 Brown Brown Not Used Service CT Port Adapter Adapter 2. See Figure 5-9. Connect Cat 5 cable to CT input CT Phase and Pins Row jack(H). Wire Adapter Values 1-1 L1-1 1 4 and 5 Front Port NOTE: The connection between the RJ-45 breakout adapter and the inverter is made using a widely available 1-2 L2-1 1 3 and 6 Front Port installer supplied Cat 5 style cable. 2-1 L1-2 2 4 and 5 Back Port 2-2 L2-2 2 3 and 6 Back Port Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 21 Electrical Connections Connecting CTs to Multiple PWRcell Systems/ — CT3 must be connected to line 3 (for three phase Inverters applications). When an installation has multiple PWRcell inverter —All CTs must be orientated in the same relative systems, either: direction. • Run a set of CTs for each inverter. — In certain scenarios, additional setpoint modifi- cations may need to be made. See Table 5-10: • Run a set of CTs to one inverter and then run a Cat CT Setpoints for more information. 5 cable from the spare CT port within that inverter to any CT port within another inverter. When running separate sets of CTs for each inverter, the load value displayed on each inverter screen will be the total load measured by the CTs. When daisy-chaining multiple inverters, the total measured value is shared evenly across the inverters. In other words,the load value measured and acted upon by each inverter is inversely proportional to the number of inverters seeing the signal. Example: The CT measured load displayed on three inverters which daisy chain the signal from the first inverter to the second inverter and the second to the third inverter, will be one-third of the total load seen. NOTE: Daisy-chaining CTs across multiple inverters for distributed load-share is most applicable when each inverter has a battery attached. Otherwise, this configuration may not be necessary or desirable. To daisy-chain a CT signal: 1. Connect and calibrate a set of CTs to the first inverter. See CT Calibration for more information. 2. Run a new Cat 5 cable between the spare CT accessory port of the first inverter to either CT accessory port on the second inverter. NOTE: Running a new Cat 5 cable between inverter CT ports prior to calibration in Step 1 may cause calibration issues. CT Calibration • Install CTs before powering ON the inverter. • The inverter automatically detects CTs when turned ON. • Once CTs are detected, a utility pole symbol will appear on the lower right corner of the home screen power flow diagram. Verify operation by noting power flow. — To calibrate CTs, navigate to the inverter device page, access the sub-menu, and select the Cali- brate CTs option. When the CT calibration pro- cess has been successfully completed, the inverter LCD screen will provide feedback show- ing ct cal success. Otherwise, the screen will show ct cal = X, where the value of X can be found in Table 5-11: Automatic Detection Troubleshooting Table. — CT2 must be connected to Line 2. 22 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Electrical Connections Table 5-10. CT Setpoints Setpoint Behavior Default Units CalOverride • Overrides CT calibration. OFF N/A • When set to OFF, the inverter detects the CTs number and direction of CTs. • Avalue of ON assumes a specific orientation and direction of CTs. CTTurnsRatio • Turns ratio of the CTs installed. 1,500 Turns • Default turns ratio of 1,500 is compatible with included clamp type CTs • If installation restriction requires larger accessory CTs, set point shall be adjusted to 3,000. Verify turn ratio of CTs before modifying this setting. Table 5-11.Automatic Detection Troubleshooting Table Event Name Event Code Description Possible Solution ct cal=1 Ox8061 Line 1 doesn't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=2 Ox8062 Line 2 doesn't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=3 Ox8063 Line 1 &2 don't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=4 Ox8064 Line 3 doesn't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=5 Ox8065 Line 1 &3 don't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=6 Ox8066 Line 2&3 don't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=7 Ox8067 Line 1 &2&3 don't have a valid CT calibration Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=9 Ox8069 Line 1 has multiple CTs on it(or a CT is on the Check wiring and CT integrity neutral wire) ct cal=A Ox806A Line 2 has multiple CTs on it(or a CT is on the Check wiring and CT integrity neutral wire) ct cal=B Ox806B Lines 1 and 2 have multiple or missing CTs on Check wiring and CT integrity them(or a CT is on the neutral wire) ct cal=C Ox806C Line 3 has multiple CTs on it(or a CT is on the Check wiring and-CT integrity neutral wire) Lines 1 &3 have multiple or missing CTs on them ct cal=D Ox806D (or a CT is on the neutral wire) Check wiring and CT integrity Lines 2&3 have multiple or missing CTs on them ct cal=E Ox806E (or a CT is on the neutral wire) Check wiring and CT integrity ct cal=F Ox806F Lines 1 &2&3 have multiple or missing CTs on Check wiring and CT integrity them(or a CT is on the neutral wire) ct cal success Ox8070 Calibration was successful Check wiring and CT integrity Installation Manual for Generac PWRCeII Inverter 23 Electrical Connections Other Accessories Revenue Grade Meter(RGM) Flit A Generac PWRview Meter is an optional accessory for the PWRcell Inverter and may be factory or field installed. CKP When installed at the bottom of the wiring cabinet, it also a uses additional CTs that are provided. Complete F e o c n installation instructions are included with the RGM kit. O Order part number: PCRGM1. PWRcelI ATS 10 A Generac PWRcell ATS can be integrated into the 8 PWRcell installation to facilitate alternate backup power 00000 O O O configurations. Refer to the PWRcell ATS manual for G 011236 additional information regarding configurations and installation instructions. Figure 5-10.Accessory Ports LTE Modem A REbus Beacon USB-B Jack B STOP Terminals An LTE Wireless phone Modem is an optional accessory C Authorized Generac Personnel Only that can provide low bandwidth Internet connectivity if there is no hardwired Internet connected or if it is D RGM PWR Gen Inhibit temporarily unavailable. The modem will be located in E Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS)Accessory Port the upper left area in the inverter enclosure in proximity F Current Transformers (CTs) to the Rebus Beacon. The modem uses an antenna that G LTE Modem Power Connector gets mounted top left exterior of the enclosure through the 1/4 in trade knockout.The power cable is prewired in Load Management Options the inverter enclosure. When no LTE Modem is installed, the power cable will be left unconnected and safely Load management systems are designed to work secured. Complete installation instructions are included together to prevent the PWRcell system from being in the LTE Modem Kit. Order part number: PCLTE1. overloaded by large appliance loads. Load management options for PWRcell include the PWRcell ATS Controller Technical Service Connection and Smart Management Module (SMM). Service RJ-11 jack (C) is for use by authorized Generac When utilizing these load management solutions be sure personnel only. Never connect any device to this jack to turn on the "EnaLoadShed" setpoint to on. This without direct instructions from Generac Technical setpoint is accessible through the Mod. Settings menu Service. via the inverter device page as shown in Figure 5-11. F'Lr�1_�d i1 1 :0 � �:1 0V�r-•r-�i de : . 0 tti C -. Cancel Save 011980 Figure 5-11. Mod Settings Menu If this setpoint is not set to on, the devices will not operate correctly with the system. In addition, be sure to thoroughly read and understand each load management device manual before installation. 24 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup Section 6: Commissioning and Setup System Configuration NOTE: Registering an inverter automatically registers all The PWRcell system is a fle)dble, highly customizable REbus system components connected to that inverter. system that can be configured in a number of ways to Every REbus-enabled device can be monitored from the meet customer need. Correct system configuration PWRfleet fleet management platform and the requires selecting the right equipment and the correct PWRviewTM online monitoring system and mobile app. system mode for the system. See the Generac PWRcell To register a system for PWRview monitoring: Inverter Owner's Manual for information on system 1. See Figure 6-1. Locate the serial number and reg- modes and other user-configurable settings. istration code on the registration decal on the front of the inverter. This information will be required for General Information registration. All REbus devices are configured and controlled through 2. Navigate to https://pwrfleet.generac.com or if the Generac PWRcell Inverter. Connected devices will using a mobile device scan the registration label appear on the LCD display. QR code. NOTE: See Commissioning Multiple Inverter Sys- 3. Follow the on-screen prompts to complete the tems for instructions on commissioning multiple inverter profile. systems. O O PEEL AWAY Commissioning the System NOTE: See the Generac PWRcell Commissioning Quick Start Guide for more information. Before powering up the system for the first time: • Verify AC voltage is within the specified range for system configuration. —240 V split-phase (108-130 VAC Line to Neutral) REGISTER YOUR SYSTEM —208 V 3-phase (108-130 VAC Line to Neutral) • Verify all wiring terminations are tight and secure. • Verify DC wiring field-terminations-are secure and sERiAL NUMSER: xxxx-xxxzx _.;`: polarity is correct. REGISTRATION CODE: • Verify DC disconnects for all connected devices are turned ON. Commissioning consists of seven steps: 1. Register system. 2. Energize the PWRcell inverter with AC power. • 3. Select Inverter system mode. { 4. Configure inverter settings. _ 6. Select inverter compliance setting (optional). 6. Select ESS Grid Usage Mode (optional). 7. Enable REbus devices. Go to https://pwrfleet.generac.com/to register or scan the code above. 8. Test islanding. Registration NOTE: If the system will not be connected to the Inter- 009984 net, installer will not be able to take advantage of PWR- Figure 6-1. Registration Decal fleet, the home owner will not have access to the PWRview app, and warranty will be limited to five years. Contact Generac at 1-888-ACTIVATE to complete the registration. Installation Manual for Generac PWRCeII Inverter 25 Commissioning and Setup Connecting PWRcell Inverter to AC 3. See Figure 6-4. Use the up and down arrows to Power highlight the desired mode and press the center button to select. Turn ON main AC backfeed to power-up the inverter. See Figure 6-2. On power-up, the home screen will `X " - N '' fn appear on the control panel LCD with the operational S stem M O d e r. Men U mode listed at the top of the home screen. Safety Shutdown Grid Tie Grid Tie- * &>> 1 .20KLd 0 . 17KLd>> pj - . • ly ;:Clean Backup 3$7VaC' 244VRO 1 0��GJ>> Figure 6-4. Selecting System Modes(2 of 4) 010006 4. Arrow right and press the center button to select Figure 6-2.Inverter Power-Up Confirm. 5. See Figure 6-5. Arrow right and press the center NOTE: If there is no grid power at the site and the sys- button to select Confirm. tem includes a PWRcell battery, blackstart can be used to start the system from the battery. See the Generac tbjf = PWRcell Battery Owner's manual for information on blackstarting a system. 5 u Enable Selecting Inverter System Mode NOTE: See the Generac PWRcell Inverter Owner's - S Manual for more information on system mode options. Cancel • To select a system mode:C 1. See Figure 6-2. While viewing the home screen press the center button. > , 011139 2. See Figure 6-3. A list of system modes will be Figure 6-5. Selecting System Modes(3 of 4) displayed with the current mode marked with an asterisk. 6. See Figure 6-6. Verify the mode listed at the top of NOTE: The list of modes may not include all those the home screen is the desired mode. shown in Figure 6-3. Self Supp 1�j Sy stem Mode N/A 0 .00Kw Menu . . Safety Shutdown � 1 �' 244VRe lf Supply � OOKW 0 .02KW<< ean Backu 009968 Figure 6-6. Selecting System Modes(4 of 4) 009966 Figure 6-3. Selecting System Modes(1 of 4) 26 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup Configuring Inverter Settings Adjusting Inverter Settings Configuring Systems with PWRcell Batteries 1. See Table 9. Navigate to the inverter device page using the right arrow key (next page right of the Systems with a PWRcell battery must have the Enals- home screen). landing setpoint set to ON in order to provide backup 2. Push the center button. power during a grid outage. This setpoint is accessible through the Mod. Settings menu via the inverter device 3. Select Mod. Settings using the down arrow to scroll page. The default value for this setting from the factory is and the center button to select. ON. 4. Scroll through the settings using the up/down Verify the PWRcell inverter protected loads disconnect is arrow keys. in the ON position. 5. Use the center button to select a setting. Verify the Battery Disconnect on the PWRcell battery is 6. Use the up/down arrow keys to change the value of ON. a setting. NOTE: Reference the PWRcell Battery Owner's Manual 7. Use the center button to deselect a setting. for advanced battery settings. 8. Scroll down and save all changes before exiting the Mod. Settings menu. 9. Select Mod. Settings again to verify changes were saved. Table 1 -Adjusting Inverter Settings Setpoint Range Default Description Channel for REbus communications.All devices in a system must use PLM Channel 0—12 1 the same channel (except REbus Beacon). Do not set equipment to channel 0 unless performing Multiple Inverter System Commis- sioning Procedure. TargMaxlmprtP -30,000 to +30,000 Watts 0 Maximum Threshold for importing power before the battery will dis- charge in Self-Supply Mode to offset. TargMinlmprtP -30,000 to+30,000 Watts 0 Minimum power import maintained by charging the battery from the grid in Supply Mode. Enalslanding on/off on Allows system to island, providing backup power during a grid outage. EnaExtTransfer on/off off Turn on if an external automatic transfer switch(ATS)has been installed to operate with the Inverter. ExtTransVolt 50—200 Volts 95 Minimum voltage from the utility that must be present for the inverter to reconnect an ATS back to the grid. ExtTransTime 1 —360 Seconds 15 Length of time the inverter will wait to trigger an ATS to reconnect to the utility upon sensing grid voltage return. Export Override on/off off Formerly called Zero Export,this setting will inhibit the PWRcell system from exporting power to the grid. PLM Disable on/off off This setting will disable the power line communications coming from the inverter. CalOverride on/off off Overrides inverter logic for automatic detection of included Generac cur- rent transformers (CTs). CTTurnsRatio 1,500—3,000 Turns 1,500 Allows a different turns ratio to be set for specific CTs. EnaLoadShed on/off off Turn on if PWRcell ATS Controller or SMM devices have been installed. Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 27 Commissioning and Setup Selecting Inverter Compliance Setting Enabling REbus Devices (optional) By default, all Generac PWRcell Inverters ship in compli �Ak- IV ance with UL 1741, including IEEE 1547. If the system Electrocution. Never enable any device during an needs to be configured to comply with a different grid installation or while wires are exposed. Doing so will result in death, serious injury,or equipment or interconnection standard, activate the new configuration property damage. before proceeding via the Installer Configuration Tool. (000627a) See Installer Configuration Tool for more information. NOTE: All PWRcell devices are enabled and configured Selecting ESS Grid Usage Mode individually through the PWRcell inverter control panel. (Optional) Following installation, the inverter must be enabled before all other REbus devices. By default, all Generac PWRcell Inverters ship without To enable the inverter: restrictions on how the PWRcell battery (ESS) may be charged from, or supply power to, an interconnected util- 1. See Figure 6-7. Use the right arrow key to scroll ity grid. If the system needs to be configured to comply the inverter device page. with specific utility interconnection requirements, a differ- 2. Verify inverter status reads disabled. ent ESS Grid Usage Mode may be selected. An ESS Grid Usage Mode is set through the Installer _0 2 Configuration Tool. PWRce�.�. 2 P Inv .. NOTE: The ESS Grid Usage Mode is one-time settable Inverter and, therefore, once set cannot be changed by an D i sable d installer without support from Generac Power Systems. NOTE: There is no time allowance provided to further AC Power : OW change this mode after it is set. AC Volt'-age : 248V There are two ESS Grid Usage Modes for PWRcell t a l : 2 . 4W�"1 equipment: Zero Import and Export Limiting. 010010 Zero Import mode (CRD200 Export Only compliance) Figure 6-7. Enabling Inverter(1 of4) allows the battery to export power to a connected utility grid but will not allow the battery to be charged from the 3. Press the center button. utility grid. In this mode, the battery will only be charged 4. See Figure 6-8. Highlight Enable and press the by a connected REbus source such as a PV Link. Power center button. from the battery can supply all local loads as well as sup- plying power to a utility (when connected). See Setting for ImportlExport Compliance for more information. Export Limiting mode allows the user to restrict the export PW R c e 1.1 2 P I n V . Menu to a connected utility grid to a Export Limit value set by the installer. When the Export Limit value is set to 0, this mode functions as like a "Zero Export" mode (CRD200 M O d . Settings Import Only compliance) allowing the battery to be Cat * b r a t e CTs charged from a connected utility grid but will not allow any REbus-connected source (either from the battery or RC P n : 000100073212 PV) to export power to the utility grid. Configured this way, the battery can be charged by a connected REbus source and / or a utility grid source but no power will be 010011 exported to the utility. Figure 6-8. Enabling Inverter(2 of 4) See Setting for Import/Export Compliance for more 5. See Figure 6-9. Arrow right and press center information. button to Confirm. 28 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup .si r�:y;�•#," .may' °i'-i .'z�s. :9 ?:>' .. ....b.. ».avy� ,i^'s'.,-, f•.;w '�. ' '-,a.' c::.' �*' �; M _ ."'^ , 5^�n d: g�', "r, •t `:is �e'.v,. *, `-'.c54`^,...:.__ �. p �uREbus Beacon z Y, Enable : 'sTOU Scheduler {. M = di sabled Cu:. To enable schedulerCancel , Confirm _. press center button . arnd select " Enable"' . Figure 6-9. Enabling Inverter(3 of 4) Figure 6-11. Configuring TOU Schedule(1 of 4) 6. See Figure 6-10. The inverter is enabled. It will 2. See Figure 6-12. Use the up and down arrows to create voltage at the DC terminals and begin com- highlight Mod. Settings and press the center button municating with connected REbus devices. to enter the settings menu. NOTE: Per UL1741, the PWRcell inverter may requirey ., five minutes upon recovery from a grid outage or island- ing event before exporting power. 4REbus Beacon Menu 0 Enable PWRcell 2P Inv ® 02 M d Inverter Remove 00010003XXXX Devi ce - � :=,w C grid connected : R P AC Power : . �axfi.:;.,_. 010110 A C v o l t a g e : 2 4 8 V'! Figure 6-12. Configuring TOU Schedule(2 of 4) E—t o t a l.: 2 - 4Wh__ 3. See Figure 6-13. Use the up and down arrows to 010013 highlight Access Code and press the center button Figure 6-10. Inverter Enabled(4 of 4) to select. 4. Use the up and down arrows to set the Access 7. Enable all other REbus devices connected to the Code to 57, and press the center button. system by repeating steps 1-5 for each device. For further commissioning instruction for REbus NOTE: The access code is valid for five minutes. After devices, see their respective installation manuals. five minutes, the access code must be entered again to enable changes. REbus Beacon Setup REbus Beacon allows the PWRcell system to manage energy production and storage over the course of the, - • e - day. This is called Time of Use OU energyg mana a- x. ment.To take advantage of this functionality, e PWRcell TO U S c h e d U l e . ,. system must include a PWRcell battery and a reliable fir' Time Zone : - One 4 connection to the Internet via an Ethernet connection to aj fir, router. D, NOTE: Enabling and setup of the REbus Beacon is only C a n C e t Save required when utilized for TOU scheduling.Otherwise,do Y'v 010111 not enable the REbus Beacon. Figure 6-13. Configuring TOU Schedule(3 of 4) Configuring and Running a TOU Schedule 1. See Figure 6-91. Navigate to the Beacon device 5. Use the up and down arrows to highlight TOU Schedule and press the center button to select. page and press the center button to enter the device menu. Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 29 Commissioning and Setup 6. Use the up and down arrows to adjust the TOU Schedule. Once the desired value is set, press the center button to exit edit mode. R E b U s B e a c o n NOTE: See the latest Time of Use Program Guide for TQ U Scheduler current TOU schedule values. The program guide is available at hfps://www.generac.com/resources-and- running tools/ce-installer-resources/clean-energy-design- Next Change : l h : 3 7 m support. g 7. Set the Time Zone to the desired location based on To : Self Supply Table 2: Time Zone Codes. Once the desired Schedule : S D G E value is set, press the center button to exit edit 010113 mode. Table 2 -Time Zone Codes Figure 6-15. Running. Time Zone Units UTC 0 REbus . Beacon US/Eastern 1 TOU Scheduler - US/Central 2 Priority Backup US/Mountain 3 US/Pacific 4 Next Change.: lh : 37m US/Alaska 5 To : Self Surpply US/Hawaii 6 Schedule : SDGE US/Arizona 7 010114 US/Puerto Rico 8 Figure 6-16. Current System Mode. 8. See Figure 6-14. To commit changes to all entries, See Figure 6-17 and Figure 6-18. On the home page, highlight Commit. Press the center button, then the text above the power flow diagram will alternate use the arrows and center button to confirm the between Scheduler Active and the current system mode. choice. SoheriJu 1 er~ Aot i ve >r 0 .1�19f�lrJ 0 . 1 3I�Ir * Access Code . 57 . . TOU Schedule : 1 3961Jm1 `�.30ho Time Zone : - 4Yr W-<<7 .56n-J 7 .?KL-J,<<- i ® 010115 Cancel � � Figure 6-17. SchedulerActive 010112 Figure 6-14. Configuring TOU Schedule(4 of 4)See Figure 6-15 and Figure 6-16. When enabled, the Pr~1 or 1 tj Ba k I_ap LCD will alternate between a TOU Scheduler Running Lti�` 9 r 0 i i . > nl Screen and a Current System Mode screen. Both f' - ' - �'•w • 1 L F•.W•- LJJI screens will display the time until the next system change " n and the mode the system will change to. The TOU , r ,�i Schedule name will be listed at the bottom of the device 3 9�'JDo 24 3�Y A 1 page. •Y ,. 010116 Figure 6-18. Current Mode 30 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup Enabling Beacon TOU Disabling Beacon TOU Once the TOU Schedule is set, the scheduler will auto- The scheduler can be disabled at any time. To disable matically enable itself and begin running. However, if the the scheduler: scheduler becomes disabled for any reason, follow the 1. See Figure 6-21. Navigate to the Beacon device instructions below to re-enable the scheduler: page and press the center button to enter the 1. See Figure 6-19. Navigate to the Beacon device device menu. page and press the center button to enter the device menu. REbus Beacon REbus Beacon TOU Scheduler TOU Scheduler running disabled Next Change : 1h : 37m To enable scheduler , To : Self Supply press center button . ' Schedule : SDGE 010113 and s e t e c t " E n able" . Figure 6-21. Disabling Beacon(1 of 3) 010118 Figure 6-19. Enabling Beacon(1 of 2) 2• Highlight Disable and press the center button. 3. See Figure 6-22. Arrow sideways to Confirm and 2. Highlight Enable and press the center button. press the center button. 3. See Figure 6-20.Arrow sideways to Confirm and press the center button. R u R u Disable M Enable C M R Cancel Conf. Cancel •I R 010117 Figure 6-22.Disabling Beacon(2 of 3) 011140 4. See Figure 6-23. The status line on the Beacon Figure 6-20. Enabling Beacon(2 of 2) device page will read Disabled. NOTE: The system will remain in the current system mode until the mode is changed manually or the sched- uler is re-enabled. REbus Be-acon TOU Scheduler disabled To enable scheduler , press center button and select-" Enable" .____ 010118 Figure 6-23. Disabling Beacon(3 of 3) Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 31 Commissioning and Setup Temporarily Overriding the TOU Scheduler NOTE: If Priority Backup mode is not listed with the other The scheduler can be temporarily overridden at any time system modes, the system installer may have removed without disabling it.A manual override will apply until the the mode to comply with utility rules. Some utilities do not next regularly scheduled system mode change. permit a battery to charge from the grid.. To temporarily override the scheduler: Manually Configuring IP SeftingS 1. Navigate to the system home page. 2. Press the center button. NOTE: On networks not configured for DHCP, use the 3. Select the desired temporary system mode. MAC address to locate the device on the network. NOTE: See the Generac PWRcell Inverter Owner's To manually configure settings: Manual for more information on system modes. 1. Disconnect and move the blue Cat 5 connector connected to the topside of the Beacon to the RJ- When the scheduler has been overridden: 45 Ethernet port on the backside of the inverter • Temporary Override will display on the home page, Control Panel. alternating with the words Scheduler Active and 2, See Figure 6-25. When step 1 is conducted prop- the name of the current system mode. erly and the inverter is receiving Internet, the • See Figure 6-24. Running, Overridden will display inverter control panel will have an additional device on the Beacon device page. page to configure Ethernet Settings. From the home screen, press the left arrow key. REbu's' Be-actin ' TOU Scheduler MAC :00 : 04 : a3 : Ob : 77 : fc running ;_- overridden :IP : 192 : 168 . 158 . 3'7 Next Change : 1h : -37m DHCP : bound:, 83285s To : Self Supply ARP i dte ; Schedule : SDGE `» done 010119 Figure 6-24. Overriding Scheduler oossa� • The countdown timer on the Beacon device page Figure 6-25. Ethernet Configuration(4 of4) will indicate the remaining time until the next mode change. 3. See Figure 6-26. Press the center button from the After the next scheduled mode change,the scheduler will Ethernet settings screen and select IP Settings. resume normal operation. Disabling the TOU Scheduler in Anticipation of a Network* S e t t i n s Men U Grid Outage ■ - In the event of an impending storm and potential outage, Disable Ethernet top off the battery by disabling the scheduler and switch- ing the system mode to priority backup or clean backup mode. To disable the TOU Scheduler: 1. Navigate to the Beacon device page and disable '• the scheduler. See Enabling Beacon TOU for f o1oo4s more information. Figure 6-26. Ethernet Configuration(1 of 2) 2. Navigate to the system home page and change the system mode to a backup-only mode, such as Pri- ority Backup or Clean Backup. See the Generac PWRcell Inverter Owner's Manual for more infor- mation on system modes. 3. Once the emergency has passed, re-enable the scheduler. See Enabling Beacon TOU for more information. 32 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup 4. See Figure 6-27. From the IP Settings menu select Manual. _ MAC : 00 : 04 : a3 : Ob : 77 : fc DHQP IP : 192-. 168 . 158 . 37 lip : 192 . 168 . 158,. 54 DHCP : bound , 83285s ask 255 .255 .255 . 0 ARP : idle I :, .;.1 . 1 . 1„ 1 NNS : done W :` 192 . 168 . 158 . 1 ctr btn* net settings Efflimmm 009981 010049 Figure 6-28. Ethernet Troubleshooting Figure 6-27. Ethernet Configuration(2 of 2) NOTE: Ensure blue Cat 5 cable is reconnected to the 5. Adjust any of the following: Beacon after troubleshooting is complete. • IP On the Ethernet settings page, the PWRview State • Subnet Mask should read "Listen", then a successful connection has • DNS not been made to the PWRview server. • Gateway If the inverter does not automatically connect to the network and begin communicating with the PWRview NOTE: Contact your network system administrator to server, perform the following steps: connect the PWRcell inverter to a restricted network. 1. Verify an Ethernet connection has been enabled by 6. Disconnect and move blue Cat 5 connector back to pressing the center button on the Ethernet page its original RJ-45 connection port on the topside of and selecting Enable Ethernet. the Beacon. 2. Verify the network is configured for DHCP and that _ NOTE: Beacon must retain an Internet connection in DHCP is enabled. order to use the PWRview mobile app. 3. If the network is not configured for DHCP, obtain the MAC address and contact the system Ethernet Troubleshooting administrator for IP address assignment. NOTE: Use a laptop or other device to verify the Internet 4. Input IP address under Manual settings. See connection is-working properly before troubleshooting. Registration. 5. Restart router and modem. For a successful connection the following must be valid: 6. Contact system administrator for further • The Internet LED on the control panel must be lit. troubleshooting steps. NOTE: A lit Internet LED is a necessary, but not suffi- NOTE: It is the installer's responsibility to make sure the cient indication of a successful connection to the PWR- Internet connection is reliable and secure. Generac view server. The blue LED may be lit even if the inverter recommends always using a hardwired connection. is not connected to the server. Generac does not recommend or support using any • A valid IP address must be displayed on the Ether- wireless or power line carrier network devices. Use these net settings page. devices at your own discretion. To validate the connection to the server,the Ethernet set- tings page must be accessed. To access the Ethernet Commissioning Multiple Inverter settings page: Systems 1. Relocate the blue Cat 5 cable connector inserted into the RJ-45 port on the top of the Beacon to the PLM Crosstalk RJ-45 port on the backside of the inverter control NOTE: Do not energize two or more inverters before Panel. commissioning. Energizing two or more inverters prior to 2. Navigate the inverter control panel to access a commissioning will result in crosstalk. screen similar to Figure 6-28. When properly i PWRcell inverters are manufactured with some common installed, the inverter control panel will have an additional device page for Ethernet Settings. default parameters. One of these default parameters is the default Power Line Modem (PLM) channel. PWRcell inverters use the PLM channel to communicate with and Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 33 Commissioning and Setup send commands to REbus-powered devices. In this way, put Terminals. This will allow the inverter to ener- a PWRcell inverter behaves like a master device. If two gize and illuminate the Inverter control panel. or more master devices are communicating on the same 2. Perform Commissioning the System steps 1-7. PLM channel, REbus devices become unable to respond 3. Modify the PWRcell inverter PLM Channel to 0. properly to the intended master device and the master devices will attempt to provide control for the other, often NOTE: PLM Channel 0 is a catchall channel. Only use leading to communication and reporting issues. This is for inverters during programming. Do not set REbus referred to as cross-talk. devices to channel 0. Do not leave inverter on channel 0. How to identify PLM Crosstalk 4. Choose a channel from 2 — 12 to use as the only number for addressing all devices on the system. Cross-talk can be easily identified by navigating to the The goal is to address the system to its own unique device pages on an inverter control panel. If two inverter channel across all devices. device pages exist, crosstalk has occurred. Similarly, if any REbus devices from one inverter show up on NOTE: Do not leave any device, including the inverter, another, crosstalk has occurred. on channel 0 or channel 1 by the end of the process. NOTE: To differentiate one inverter device page from 5. Use arrow keys to navigate to all REbus devices another, confirm the RCP numbers via the device page (expect REbus Beacon) to change the PLM chan- sub-menu. nel. NOTE: It is recommended to keep a list of which REbus 6. Access Mod. Settings for each device and change devices are connected to specific inverters at multi-sys- the PLM channel to the chosen channel (step 4)for tem sites. that system. See device installation manual for specific instructions. Multiple Inverter System Pre-Commissioning 7. Modify the PLM channel setpoint for the PWRcell Checklist inverter to match the PLM channel its REbus Before commissioning multiple inverter systems, confirm devices were set to in the previous step. the following: NOTE: Be sure to click Save at the bottom of the menu • Inverter systems (including PV Links and PWRcell after modifying the channel on each device. batteries) have been installed per manufacturer 8. De-energize inverter. Once the inverter is de-ener- instructions and to local and state code require- gized, repeat steps 1 —7. ments. NOTE: It may take a few seconds for the inverter screen • PWRcell batteries have their Battery Disconnect to power off due to capacitance in the power core. Wait switches in the OFF position. until the screen goes blank before energizing the next • PWRcell inverters are de-energized with no volt- inverter. age present at their AC Grid input terminals. Use an appropriately rated multi-meter/voltmeter to ver- 9. After programming each system separately, re- ify if AC voltage is present at the AC Grid terminals. energize all PWRcell inverters by closing their AC Grid backfeed breakers, enable the inverters, and NOTE: To determine if the inverter is de-energized, all REbus devices. check the inverter control panel and the system backfeed breaker. If de-energized,the inverter control panel will be PLM Crosstalk Recovery Procedure powered off and the inverter backfeed breaker will be For each PWRcell Inverter that has crosstalked, perform OPEN. the following procedure to clear the foreign devices from Multiple Inverter System Commissioning the display after the multi-inverter system has been prop- erly commissioned: Procedure 1. De-energize all but one inverter. NOTE: Throughout this process, it is important that only 2. Access the Insiaiier Configuration Tool using the one inverter is energized at any time. If two or more instructions below. inverters are energized at any point during this process, 3. Navigate to the Inverter using the Installer Tool and the inverters will cross-talk. To resolve crosstalk, see select PWRcell Configuration. PLM Crosstalk Recovery Procedure. After resolving crosstalk, the commissioning process will need to be 4. Select Clear Display to wipe the screen of that restarted for the cross-talked inverters. inverter of unwanted devices from other systems on site. 1. Close the AC backfeed breaker to supply AC 5. Follow steps 1 — 8 for Multiple Inverter System power to one PWRcell Inverter AC Grid Input/Out- Commissioning. See Multiple Inverter System Commissioning Procedure for more information. 34 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup 6. Proceed to next crosstalked inverter and repeat the browser URL. The installer tool will appear in the procedure. browser. Installer Configuration Tool OENERAC' Installer Configuration Tool The Installer Configuration Tool allows configuration and inn too]a bl&s mft pmlslardnqor^mwcener=vwa�^yem provisioning of General; Inverter PWRcell systems from asmart- coapeaamewmeQmda.mn OL°140°) T°mo�/�' seidgf.IM mO mMUlm naNpYemawmnmur°lwbnmmmPe°anauoa �tlr waaeanon'tr°m rto seao,d mam xua mac omio +�w+u°s m ro mre exa wem phone or laptop. The interface allows installers to config- - Beaco� m.tnmebms°wa Mpa NEP.aIDQ.b mnObm.mY 0-Owns INumbmf 0°°a mE mm Cmp6m[0 PoF m a�°P°N d ure basic settings, set inverter compliance, generate a Banery -- - compliance report, and understand system performance. _Pv The interface is only available on General; PWRcell sys- -P - ---� tems with a REbus Beacon installed. Close proximity to -P`°°�----i the Beacon is required for use. It is not possible toPV i .__.____ access this tool remotely. 45 minutes after being acti- PV vated, the Beacon's WIFI signal will time out and may need to be reactivated. For Beacon installation instruc- OmerInfom,aVan tions, see REbus Beacon Setup. Com I ?DF NOTE: All PWRcell inverters come with a REbus 010981 Beacon pre-installed. Figure 6-29. Installer Configuration Tool Accessing the Installer Configuration Tool Configuring Basic PWRcell Settings 1. Navigate to the Beacon device page on the PWR- cell inverter control screen and press the center NOTE: To customize basic settings,the inverter must be button. disabled. Before disabling the inverter, ensure all REbus 2. Select Installer Tool from the menu and click Con- devices have first been disabled. Settings changes will firm.This will activate the Beacon's Wi-Fi network. not be applied if the inverter is enabled. 3. Use a smartphone or laptop to connect to the Wi-Fi 1. Select Inverter from the Beacon menu. network SSID titled: REbus_Beacon_xxxx where NOTE: If using a smartphone, open the menu by click- xxxx is the last 4 digits of the Beacon's RCP num- ing the hamburger icon in the upper-right corner of the ber. screen. Laptop users will see the menu displayed on the NOTE: The Beacon's RCP number can be found on the left side of the screen. front of the Beacon located inside the inverter, as well as 2, Select PWRcell Configuration. _ on the Beacon device_ page through the_inverter's_screen. To find this number through the inverter's screen press the center button on the Beacon device page. The RCP number will be displayed at the bottom of the menu screen. 4. Type in the password (labeled "CODE") for the REbus Beacon's Wi-Fi network. NOTE: The code for the REbus Beacon's Wi-Fi network is located on the back of the Beacon inside of the inverter. The Beacon is mounted on the upper left-hand sidewall of the inverter housing. Unstick the Beacon to view the code labeled on the back. NOTE: Where utility requirements contain provisions for security against adjusting compliance settings, consider removing code label for the Beacon after successful commissioning. 5. See Figure 6-29. Open a web browser on a smart- phone or laptop and enter 10.10.10.10 for the Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 35 Commissioning and Setup 3. See Figure 6-30. To adjust a setting, click on it, select the desired change, and click Submit. Any changes selected to be made, will not be imple- GiC' { mented unless Submit is selected at the end. _ r;a.KSM{K,r6 - 7�GEENERAC" PWRcell Configurationa Ca,�'9—MRteR.Yfem, .p []�Cij#+ pi, pEb.—SW4s. i $al&J�G-i'4+ 11I InvulLa'1SIMUS Inverter Slaha ' —Beacon PWRcoll.C411figurabon- BBalt Immier(Sp61-Phase} I Emmua sr' 's - meRe fxron h�R�PV Owner Inforri`r;allidn � lr►voiit�i(split-Phri ib) ; _ — ._._ •z sErc„swPfr aaoom uuwy c«nWnace I +xaEsn_eaaaP._._.aP_way.:o_.T I"--aR-�0°ra_.o"-. .. _ r crun°°m. r•:-ka—_ZPrR_�m�.w T nEJ RRRw E ��o ��,wp /�. - -f- YJ- 1Xllt oo am C"bor I tit CuffifXnmvPV - �,..r r_._3 4atilit+/ tsaptir4rrr ; RG LTE KitsPV r.��atflri�u.iut�r�n � s°rcscWrsmvww -'' 3 Owner IRIOr(TldliOn' Coma Iia ce�PDF r,.weEr..°wrrasur C= Cr5lt##r,81411u§;Cr31 'd llf ...--- --- Eaimw ttemr-Wape o 9 N ifi3 { screw amm.mmm _ �at�!1?;�ri�. 7 011978 - _ � Figure 6-30. PWRcell Configuration 011979 All settings can be adjusted through the inverter's screen Figure 6-31. Verifying Inverter Software with the exception of the following two settings, which The information populated upon selecting the 'Common' can only be adjusted though the Installer Configuration sub-menu option lists the manufacturer, model, version, Tool: and serial number for the inverter. The value displayed • Enabled SysModes.Allows installers the option to for 'Version' contains the hardware version and software disable system modes, such that they cannot be version of the inverter displayed as the sequence of num- enabled through the inverter control screen.To dis- bers separated by an underscore. Where a "HR rep- able a system mode, tap the checkbox to uncheck resents the hardware version and a "S" represents the the box for that mode. Click Submit to save. software version, the value shown for'Version' would be • Clear Display.Allows installers to wipe the screen "HHH SSSSS". of any unwanted devices being retained by the Setting for Import/Export Compliance memory card in the screen module. Select Clear and click Submit. The screen will go blank and test NOTE: The PWRcell Inverter must be disabled prior to its LEDs.Allow time for the screen to reload before making changes to import or export settings. accessing. Utility interconnection requirements may require the abil- Verifying Inverter Software Version ity to restrict or limit system import or export power from/ to the Utility grid. To setup a PWRcell system to comply Some features, such as those found in Setting for with these requirements, access the PWRcell Configura- lmport/Export Compliance, require inverter software tions page following the instructions in Configuring Basic that may not come default to the unit installed. The soft- PWRcell Settings through the Inverter sub-menu. Once ware version of an inverter can be verified using the Bea- the configuration page loads, you may adjust import and con Installer Tool. To verify the inverter software version export settings. in the Beacon Installer Tool, select the 'Common' sub- Once all settings adjustments have been made, click the menu option under the "Inverter' object as shown in Fig- "Submit Query" button at the bottom of the configuration ure 6-31. page. Import and Export settings are explained in detail below. NOTE: These settings are included in the Compliance PDF. See Proof of Compliance section for more infor- mation. 36 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Commissioning and Setup Export Limiting: This option is one-time settable. To unset Export Limiting, please contact Generac PWRcell Technical Support. Please be aware that once set, cer- tain Utilities may require the request to unset this setting 7GENERAM Utility Compliance Configuration come from the Utility. Changing this setting from "DIS-ABLED"to"ENABLED"via the dropdown list will limit the _A� — i inverter power export to the utility grid to the value speci- Beacon aaiau awaaeconrw�rmua ..�,LL,m fied for Export Limit. Battery Export Limit: Once set from its default value, this fea- P% � °"g"`EXpod ture's value can only be decreased from its current value. PV Please be aware that once set, certain Utilities may -PV_- require the request to unset this setting come from thePV Utility. To reset the value of this feature, please contact -P Generac PWRcelll Technical Support. The units for this _ ______ feature are Watts. The value of this setting is the limit to Owner Information _""Compliance PDF i i what the inverter can export to the grid once the Export Limiting is enabled.To set the inverter so that it does not a 51 export any excess power to the grid, set this value to 0. 010983 This will enforce CRD200 Import Only Mode. Figure 6-32. Utility Compliance Configuration NOTE: This feature is only available for inverter firm- ware version 13310 or greater. See Verifying Inverter NOTE: Verify the Compliance Selection field shows the Software Version for more details. To request a firm- desired compliance rule after clicking Submit. ware update for an inverter, please contact Generac PWRcell Technical Support. NOTE: For multi-system sites, compliance must be set on each inverter separately through each respective Bea- Zero Import: This option enforces CRD200 Export Only con. mode and is one-time settabie. Please be aware that once set, certain Utilities may require the request to unset this setting come from the Utility. To unset Zero Import, please contact Generac PWRcell Technical Sup- port. Changing the value from "DISABLED" to "ENABLED" via the dropdown list will prevent the PWR- cell batteries from importing power from the utility grid. NOTE:-This-feature is only available for inverter-firmware -- version 13310 or greater. See Verifying Inverter Soft- ware Version for more details. To request a firmware update for an inverter, please contact Generac PWRcell Technical Support. Setting Inverter Grid Compliance NOTE: The inverter must be disabled before changing utility compliance settings. Before disabling inverter, ensure that all REbus devices have first been disabled. Compliance settings changes will not be applied if inverter is enabled. 1. To set an inverter to comply with a utility's require- ments, navigate to the drop-down menu in the upper right-hand corner of the Installer Configura- tion Tool home page and select Inverter from the drop-down menu. 2. See Figure 6-32 Click on Utility Compliance Con- figuration and select the appropriate utility compli- ance standard from the menu at the bottom of the page. Click Submit to apply the compliance stan- dard. The settings entered will not take effect until the Submit button has been clicked. Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 37 Commissioning and Setup Proof of Compliance The Compliance PDF validates whether the system has been set up to conform to a utility compliance ruleset. Please double check the system is configured properly by observing the 'In compliance with' line in the PDF. If your utility requires proof of correct configuration, save this PDF and send it to your utility. It is recommend you keep a copy on file as well. I. To generate a proof of compliance PDF, click on the Compliance PDF tab in the navigation menu. 2. Click on Download Report. 3. A new window will open in the browser with the report. Verify information is correct and save the document or send via email. GENERAL' arm..,.. w-c�x 010984 Figure 6-33. Proof of Compliance 38 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter Maintenance Section T Maintenance Service �A Electrocution.Verify all system voltages are safe before wiring.Disconnect all AC and DC sources of power before o e touching terminals.Failure to ensure no dangerous O voltages are present on conductors and terminals before wiring will result in death or serious injury. (000642) O Electrocution.Initiate a system-wide shutdown and turn the PWRcell DC Disconnect Switch OFF on all connected batteries before performing service.Failure to do so will result in death,serious injury,or equipment and property E ill damage. (000600) For any servicing needs, contact the nearest Indepen- dent Authorized Service Dealer(IASD), contact Generac 010238 PWRcell Technical Support at 1-855-635-5186, or call Figure 7-1. Wiring Compartment Generac Customer Service at 1-888-436-3722 (1-888- GENERAC), or visit www.generac.com. Replacing Fuses Accessing Wiring Compartment I ACAUTION To access the wiring compartment: Equipment damage. Never replace a fuse with a 1. Initiate an inverter shutdown. different size or style. Doing so will void the inverter 2. Allow DC voltage to drop to below 10VDC. warranty and could result in equipment or property 3. See Figure 7-1. Open all PWRcell DC Disconnects damage. (000653a) (A). Verify DC voltage reported on LCD screen has dropped to below 10VDC. IACAUTIONI 4. Disconnect AC Grid source from inverter. Wait for Equipment damage. Never remove DC fuses under Inverter LCD screen to turn off. load. Removing DC fuses under load could result in 5. Open inverter front cover by lifting the bottom to equipment or property damage. horizontal (B) and pushing inward (C). (000652a) 6. Locate wiring compartment cover(D). 7. Remove five M4X10 screws (E) and wiring Two main fuses are installed between the power core ll compartment cover. and the PWRcell DC disconnects. See PWRcelnverter Wiring Compartment for location. 8. Verify all PWRcell DC and AC terminals are below If a main fuse has blown, determine the root cause of the 10V issue before replacing it. For assistance, contact the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer (IASD), contact Generac PWRcell Technical Support at 1-855- 635-5186, or call or Generac Customer Service at 1-888- 436-3722 (1-888-GENERAC), or visit www.generac.com. Owner's Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter 39 Maintenance To replace a fuse: Recovery From an Error State 1. Initiate an inverter shutdown. See Shutdown Error events will force the PWRcell inverter into an error Mode for more information. state where no DC power is exported, though voltage 2. See Figure 7-1. Open all PWRcell DC Disconnects may still be present on REbus from connected devices. (A). Verify DC voltage reported on LCD screen has To recover a device from an error state, use the front dropped to below 10VDC. control panel to disable and then enable to device. 3. Disconnect all sources of AC and DC Power. If the system is unable to be accessed, but is connected 4. Remove wiring compartment cover. See Access- to the Internet, contact Generac Technical support for ing Wiring Compartment assistance in resetting an error state. 5. See Figure 7-2. Locate DC fuse holders (B). 6. Using a multi-meter, verify all PWRcell DC and AC terminals are below 10V. 7. Press fuse holder up and turn counterclockwise to release. 8. Remove fuse from fuse holder and check for Conti-__ nuity using a multi-meter. 9. Insert replacement fuse into fuse holder. 10. Reinstall fuse holder. Turn clockwise until tight. B A ® o000 0000 0LYJ 000 010018 Figure 7-2. Removing Wiring Compartment Cover 40 Installation Manual for Generac PWRcell Inverter Troubleshooting Section 8: Troubleshooting General Troubleshooting Some of the more common problems are listed in the table below. This information is intended to be a check or verification that simple causes can be located and fixed. It does not cover all types of problems. Procedures that require in-depth knowledge or skills should be referred to an Independent Authorized Service Dealer. Table 8-1. General Troubleshooting Guide Problem Possible Cause Solution External shutdown button Release external shutdown button. System will not exit depressed Shutdown No jumper between STOP Verify jumper is in place between STOP terminals. terminals Loose connection Check CT wiring. CTs will not calibrate Trigger manual CT calibration from the inverter device menu. Beacon USB cable not Verify the USB cable is correctly connected to the Beacon and also connected to the Beacon accessory port in the inverter wiring compartment. No REbus Beacon device Inspect exposed sections of cable for damage. page Beacon wrap-around cable Verify the short wrap-around cable is plugged into Beacon,from one not connected port to the other. Inverter isn't connected to Inverter not connected to the Verify the inverter is connected to the Internet via a router. server Internet If problems persist, contact the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer (IASD), contact Generac PWRcell Technical Support at 1-855-635-5186, or call Generac Customer Service at 1-888-436-3722 (1-888-GENERAC). Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter 41 Troubleshooting This page intentionally left blank. 42 Installation Manual for Generac PWRCell Inverter This page intentionally left blank. I GENERAC® Part No. DMAN00040 Rev. B 12/3/2020 ©2020 Generac Power Systems, Inc. Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. S45 W29290 Hwy. 59 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Waukesha,WI 53189 No reproduction allowed in any form without prior written 1-888-GENERAC(1-888-436-3722) consent from Generac Power Systems, Inc. www.generac.com SURF CLEAN FNFRC,1 SURF CLEAN ENERGY /DUO© ramA — iaoinilu�.i2elnl cluarytmra7 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION _ _.... HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN pa7amm.la5m^32mM Q -,— BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW Yli wr9nl a66wlx2.op1 - —�- YORK11788 Front cw« o.M.02m,N 1I•mlWpre-nMaw WaaBlaA.0, "BOO"'- PH-6314662608 tom(gsurfcleanenergy.com Beck Cover__Cdnpaabfllm PLAN SET CREATED BY,Unit" INC Fr•na Bbcism4Ke4aUmrv' �n ---�� `' RWEWEDBY:SWAPNIL Cal 8.22 manpayeteana GAMIAA epler hea ua -- VERSION Jpnawn Bow 23.1131BP1 1262.3E 16"' . •...� DESCRIPTION DATE._(E3-101mm 3260 •I61Bm+6 V6I.+1pI_—_--, Cade amN Sow d•l lxao2,(325om.y.Hxa92 nU25bmM •.°^....—, ____.,_—.�__. ._._.... .___ __.-- ♦ ...rr..aan ♦ BLDO.PERMT 07•'072022 Cpnnuar —31WII:MCa_IPBB._. REVISION 06132022 REVISION 09110/ . • , EiFCTRICAI CHARACTERISTICS 67 West Sl eroobyn,NY 11222 M .—_._ _.__.._ _._. IOWaf.L110 _M{ S60 19a 40D eO5 Uoanae Y 036290 MINIMUM PERFORMANCE At SIANDARDTEST CONDITIOPI9.STV(POWEATOLEN 3W/-0 WI �— W�i ..—__..._.. • a hm•rm MPP P«, IV/) 386 300 396 — 800 ___ y1QR D4HL, E shnlC c I♦° IAI 11.04 um 1110 ll ld _ :. ��Ca F tij R YR E opm Cncun Yelp• Va M 4619 4523 46.27 a530 FF9l� F Curr•ntr MM 1•. IAI IDES 30.5E 1071 10.77 9 rq NUNaN Vdlepe•MAI Vn M 33635 36.62 36.8E 3713 EnK ency' A I%1 a196 a19.9 E20.1 a2Dl z.l.;., '-A •..nr ' MINIMUM PERFORMANCE Ar NORMAL DPEpAIiNO CCNDITION9.NMOT ylF "5�' ytit Warranty 2021 Q CELL$ PPwerM MPP P... I'm 2688 �2W.6 _ —2963 300.1.. � 3035 OF NE`N E Snor(CimuiI Curved IK IAI 6.90 IL92 BOB am am 3 5 gpen Cnepe ydtep• V, M 1962 42.66 42.59 42.72 42.7E T SREAKINGTHE20%EFFICIENCY BARRIER 3 C ede+MPP _— I_ JAI __ 111 _ Bat 846 661 -' R: O ANTUM DUO ZTechnology withzero gap Cell layout dap MPP V,,, Ih 9158 Mai 96A3 362E F`•r bCOSte modue efficiency lQ to 20.9%. HxE LSRE sn-erPEWAR !_e5%R51C:1000WAr:.2ac2C,NAL6ePGpMIpbIorcr0P-3mATLAN.NMDE>pecaum O CELLS PERFORMANCE WARRANTY PIAPoA1fAN0EAT W W a1MBMNd PROJECT NAME THE MOST THOROUGH TESTING PROGRAMME IN THE INDUSTRY - -... -.,.....�.....r.---n.-.- a1.w96%a,pnlNipowraabp ?"' .. — OCELLSsthe fast solar module menufactverropass the most comprenen- "- " mn 1••tl,waM ml•.as% I I —A save q og uern,prramme in the industry The l "Quality Contrdled PV"UI -0P pl nolmuPdwrwblD wlF.w Illeindepenlent certification lnstltute TUV Rheinland. a�• wpee%PInPlnreipww lRb Y I - O Q it .._. rFouw.+•nw n.cwronwwm • a .. �10.�.�.mr,� d Q O J INN OVATNE ALL-WEATHER TECHNOLOGY °_ aaen wrbnwwen.mmmMo Z Z U) DO (� Opt mel yields.Wlrtevef the W90ihBr Witn aKcellern n••mr,tyr,mdtneOC6LS Q � 0 low-IigM and temperature behavior. ,;• eelrw9MIF•ionor Fov•Fpna Q ZZ N O ~ • • • nu> Cq°°Y iWbelmPWPe+bm•nce w.Iw.xrwwoownwm U) J O) Z 0 �yv4 ENDURING HIGH PERFOIIMANCE ^, I mmNr"mw6TC arnR6•C,7WOWmaI O O V F Longterm ylew 9Ecuny With MIt LID TBChnoOlry,Anti PID LEMPERAtURE COEFFICIFNr9 Z O L.L Technology'.Hot-Spot Protect and Traceable Qudny Tra.QTM. . P •mpMewro Goer en av,,, F I%/KI -D27 Y C`i H I%/KI W.Od i O IempNNpro Cwlllarnrnl Pu. Y i"I -U34 FbmbN Mod.r DPerM+np T•rry•rMure War I•FI WV,SA(43a3•C1 Q O(, J Z EXTREME WEATHER RATING v High-tecn aluminum ahoy frame, candied for PROPERTIES FORSriTf11A DESIGN 0 C) F`- Op Ngh snow(5400 Pal and wind loada(4000P9) M•,Imum ova+•mvaaa v,„ _IV� 100011EC1/IOODNL) wmo4ul•cleauncaeon __ Clmsll O Q I O O Me,l mBerNeFw Retn9 IADq 20 F.•Rd.q I,IuI mAN51/UL61730 r A RELIABLE INVESTMENT - O Q M•,.Dmig,Lad PuW/ t pbyllj 7513600PN/6E12660Pe1 PermntedM4ub Tempar,auro 40'F o Z (� Inclusive 25-year product warranty and 25-year __._._. onconm�popn t7mv l40-C.v--w ° _ j] Me,.Ten lse4,PuM!F11P IIti 113(64COPel/S4(4000Pe1 (L3 a- IlneBr performance WellMly7. •&eIINWbn MnuY — ��_ �— Q •APrraaRwndA.ccormpm Ec/rs azeoe-12o76.nenooArin¢ov.9are OUALKICATIONS AND CERTIFICATES PACKAOINOINFOWATKM •SwpH M•M m reerfa Nlrer,IlarmFndl. �Qy, .mm�pce� F SHEET NAME ra.•nP.,n.w ...•.. 9 ecaue im nPaA., __ ._.-._. _._._ THE IDEAL SOLUTION FOR: oc.vc.neR«� a, Fbn m 7s am 433b 480b I66a Ib 2d ?• 32 c....D6 ` F•cn.rP 9 19aomm 11110 1220mm 761Lq pal•U,Pea•e Pcare SPEC SHEET NaR In••INlbn nAnuc+Ian metasbibvU.Swme rmewan uaopxaugmnlslarmnx*wrlecnmul e•vrw Uep•Irwi brwblrindmeeonan.p9mwd be4lMnn Musa SHEETS IZF ANSI B Engineered in Germany Q CELIS 40C Spec�mCamx ,4ure 1/0o.lrvms.CA 92eM,USAITllLA 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-10 1 SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE.NEW YORK11788 Specifications i PH-6314662608 tom(gsu rfcleanenergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNN]RC INC F(AIEJEEE5 AND MODES geMsy REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL ►MRO VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE BIDO.PERMT %NT/IDl3 SEEwBgN oe,,w= RBV{BION OW10/EDt3 OENERAU TIN]mWE&ooMYD,I. PWIWIWerI � e7NW 61 NY„� Lim—W 035290 PWR g_,OED AIpC C!' P Pet Inverter Model:X7602,X11402 s 'c Sotar-plus-storage is simple with the Genemc PWRcell Inverter.This bl-dlrectlonal,REbus'"- powered inverter offers a simple,efficient design for integrating smart batteries with solar.Ideal for - 9r 3 C �= self-supply,backup power,zero-export and energy cost management,the PWRcell inverter is the OF NE`N J industry's most feature-rich line of Inverters,available in single;-phase and three-phase models. ADDITIONAL FEATURES • Single Inverter for grid-tied solar with smart battery Integration -�J,I(1�• • Simplified system design:No aulotransformer or battery Inverter needed PROJECT NAME • User-selectable modes for backup power,self-supply,time-of-use and zero-export • Free system monitoring Included via PWRvlew Web Portal and Mobile ADD O RRFO AL POWER WRUI ][Nw " 1 e ' Z_ (n 00 O Ilq w DC INNTVOnNlRANN ]E0110 VOC I00430 VDC COU TVO DE lOINO 0 AC II a]DVAC. MOMMALDCEUSVOLTADF IEUVOC TELL VOC Q F CINEO E C NNT SO MAx INUTCUMFNt 10A 10A 04 -- _ — ——_ V LA O Q D 4.u4 usom u A. Tz xs REVMSli 11TYPROTECTIOM YES YES (n 5 O) v 0 LRODN Anoxce lox �M��e.N �•e�.e.� cAOUxDiwulNLalOx onEcnox r!s YEs C) Z O ARL[OAI FRv rR04 AC Yee Yee tRAMSrORMERLfSs.UNONUNDlD Yu VIS Y zh O .N IwREExTI •I. -], ]YPIc.LxlexnlM[PCwER • •• ., Y C) F 'A.—noN EoxW Q U F O 0 MA%IYUY CONTINUOUS PoWlR 0000W IxTEOxu Df OISTRBOTION NFANNS ]PlOA Ix TPTOa cV— ' , CC IVSFS ON PLUS aNO41Nus IOA KOA C) Q RATFOACMCINOIOWEROUTNr — _.1000 E000w __. Z I'OLE DISCONNECTION IS YES cD d = MANIYIIMAC MCIIURBOYa00011U1 nONW IIOOLLW Q Q ACEKBw ONRUTYOLTMF I]YN0,10VU 1lOa10.10 YRC N N[OUFNCY N NE N NE C NEACN 30A NR PEAK I—EICY 91N 901 DNXTA N rxD NOLTADFI yw Rs - c[c wnLxrfo EEEasxcr EssN RUN SHEET NAME I.—TIME e11—EK <I_NKN SPEC SHEET ExOINIEXiIIMr IOWN NW MW COMSUMrtIOM SHEET SIZE ANSI B GENERAC A 11'I X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-11 1 SURF CLEAN E�CRCY SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW F — if YORK11788 • PH-6314662608 tom@SUrfclea nenergy.com PUN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC REVIEWED BY:SWMNa VERSION RATED DESCRIPTION PATE 1 BLDO.PEItMT pTMlN]3 a�vEENNE oenal}pa MIMpN ae'1QQ= . ..._ Th—f.P.S N 67 VVW S.Braa".NY 1I= •\ MAX E Uo—a 035290 NOMINAL OUTPUT RfBUS TINY VOC WEIGHT 13;b S1ERE0�C Per tiir CURRENT PSC) TA PV Link' TM 250OW MPPT Subsiding Optimizer Model:APKE00010 Certification Model Reference:S2502 CFNE'M iO�r PV Link is the simple spier optimizer for quick installation and long-lasting performance.Connect as few as two or as many as nine PV modules to each PV Link to overcome shading and challenging roof lines. ADDITIONAL FEATURES PROJECT NAME Ouk:k connections with MC4 connectors • 250OW capacity • Compatible with high voltage smart batteries p • Cost-effective solution for high-performance PV O Z < 0, O • Ground-fault protection Z Z U) 00 = U Z CN o 0 � rn g Z Cn � z LL Q Q ZZSo SbpN.elnp w Anm.mm awwr.c snNm en+nE O U H 0 O = Q� f— oQ z ❑ cD� Q = SHEET NAME SPEC SHEET SHEET SIZE - ANSI B GENERAC 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-12 1 SURF CLEAN SURF CLEAN ENERGY Hf62275,111 SMITHTOWN PASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 PH-8314882608 tam�surtCieanenergy.com PUN SET CREATED IIY:1"IFUN 7INC REVIEWED aY:SWAPNIL VERSION ceecalPnoN DATE RpO.P61aeT ar/W/A77 owlsnon aw/w= TMmee E PeWMn W vAd at Braoidyn,NY 112Z2 f.P SnapRSTM S Inline Disconnect Switch Model:APKE00011 Certification Model Reference:RS801 The Generac SnapRS is NEC 2017 compliant,and doesn't require any extra hardware to mount,no pairing and no fussy digital communications.Just snap a Generac AO SnapRS disconnect device to each PV module for total rapidshutdown performance. Op NE`N When signaled by the Inverter,SnapRS units break the PV circuit,reducing array voltage to<80V in seconds. r� SYSTEM DESIGN PROJEJE CT NAME Snap a Generac SnapRS disconnect device to the negative whip I-)of each module in the solar array for simple NEC-2017 module-level rapid shutdown compliance.SnapRS devices isolate array voltage when a rapid shutdown command is given by a connected Islanding Inverter po o.nn�«Pwx.n�nren.r c<n.,«w unx .1nna Iv Any w hh e•n•rsc sn.vas-awirn z 4 8 0 llha Sn OSa.vlc«(NS)NluWaw n,—l-0-p daecM1 PV motlWe_ VJ dD O O N CD cn � 8 g o _ $ z y x. z Y g O ~ as o n O U — J U~ D O Q t- o ADDITIONAL FEATURES Z m a • Fast,easy and simple to Instal Q • One SnapRS device per PV module • Achieves PVRSS Compliance • Low cost high efficiency solution SHEETNAME SPEC SHEET SHEET SIZE ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-13 1 SURF CLEAN ENERGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY WN Specifications YPASS,6,111 ICAUGE,NEW w.x>\ u��m�va��rta��wLakrva�.r��xn�r��r�vea��r��r�u��a�W�ti��w.��r YPASS.HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 PH-6314662608 tom(@surfcleanenergy.com BATTERY MODULE SERIES: 3.0 kWh DCB 13.0 kWh E% PLAN BET CREATED BY:UNNiAC INC REVHWED 91:BWAPNIL naRA� BATTERY MODULES: 3 0 5 VERSION PWR -P USABLE ENERGY: 9kWn 12 kWh 15 kWh IS kWh DESCRIPTION DATE NOMINAL CONT.AC POWER': 3.4 kW 4.5 kW 5.6 kW 6.7 kW BLDO.PERMT 07I0 den MAX.CONT.AC POWER': 4.5 kW 6kW 7.5 kW 9kw W13222 GENERAC° NOMINAL CONT.DC(CHARGEIDISCHARGE) A: 116 15.6 19A 23.3 Q oatOR022 —�� PEAK MOTOR STARTING CURRENT(2 SEC) A,RMS: 25 33 42 50 Th—f p«w PWREM NOM N VOLTAGE INPUTIOUTPUT 363 420 VOC �67Ma bL Brooklyn,NY 11712 LbarMa B 03529D NOMINAL VOLTAGE: 3B0 VOC OCDC ROUND-TRIP EFFICIENCY: 96.5% °g'l D�C OUTDOOR RATED BATTERY MAOPERATING A UM AMBIENTTINGTEMPER Mi0122°F Cf PPB'Fp F C US MAKI INGTEMPERATURf: IM TO50 a 1 OPTIMAL AMBIENT to 104"F Int2rtek OPERATING TEMPIRATU IS RE: - 15 to 40'C) a N 30 wn PYI Bo ,Mo a MAXI MUMINSTALLATION ALTITUDE FT(MI. 9834(3000) y s.BI DCBo52 BO Ortle, aenndol rle a oxwh Ewykrsu fix enna,y Noaure 1 DIMENSIONS, 59x254 x68' \ OF N6M Meeel t Gbpoopol L x W v H-IN Mat): 1559 x 254 x 1727) WEIGHT,ENCLOSURE-LB IKG): 115(52) n The PWRcell"Outdoor Rated(OR)Battery Cabinet is a 7�% WEIGHT,INSTALLED WI DCB MODULES LB(KG): 280(127) 335(t52) 390(177) 445(202) 41 Type 3R smart battery enclosure that allows for a range WEIGHT,INSTALLED WI EX MODULES-LB(KG). 287(130) 3441156) 401 082) 459(208) �l•~N of configurations to suit any need,small or large,indoor or outdoor.No other Smart battery offers the power WEIGHT,ACCESSORY MOUNTING HARDWARE-LB(KG): 21(10) PROJECT NAME and flexibility Of PWRcell. ENCLOSURE TYPE: Type 3R WARRANTY�LI'ION MODULES: 10 Years,(756MWh) PWRcell BATTERY CABINET DESIGN FEATURES&BENEFITS WARRANTY-ELECTRONICS AND ENCLOSURE: IO Years O COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL. REbus'DC Neno9ri,f' 0 J The PWRcell Battery Cabinet allows system owners the Connect 2 PWRcell Battery Cabinets to a single PWRcell Z < 0 O flexibility to scale from an economical 9kWh to a massive Inverter for up to 36kWh of storage SEISMIC RATING: IEEE 693-2018(HIGH) 00 18kWh by Installing additional battery modules to the 9 O Best-In-class battery backup power COMPLIANCE: UL 9510,UL 1973,UL 1642,CSA 22.2 A107.1 Z N O H PWRcell Battery Cabinet.An existing PWRcell Battery Lq O Q Cabinet can be raded with additional modules.Use Plug-and-play with PWRcell Inverter and PV Link" •Axarape AC Powa.oxeroromnlere,necnaroe cxle.Irveok Penoanaace,wlvesPmvmM ror 4o°cna°P�. US g O) the graphic upg below and the chart on the back of this -Time-of-use(TOU)and zero-export ready Nore:cnaroermscnmpe rare mor be.educeaot temperofure exaemes O Z O sheet to understand whet components you need for your Z O O LL- chosen PWRcell configuration. - Residential and Commercial application ready. PWRcell ACCESSORIES PWRcell MODEL BUILDER Y M 3R-rated cabinet allows for outdoor or Indoor installation Y U O Inside of the PWRcell Battery Cabinet,battery motlules are stacked two -- BATTERY CONFIGURATION GUIDE deep on . H Adtlllional mounting hardware for outdoor () installations comes standard to provide additional series.You Can upgrade an existing PWRcell Battery Cabinet by adding O Q Battery Modules and A Module Spacer(APKE00008).A Module Spacer is PWRCOII OR M3 ' F ground clearance and support only required for battery configurations with an odd number of modules �— .. (le 3or5) IRllndoor Ratadl 3Modulas me O Z 2 OR(Outdoor Rawl 5ModuMs Er Q f; w BATTERY CABINET ASSEMBLY GeneracofersaconvenlentPWRceIIBatteryUpgradeKN(APKE00D09) sMaem.. Q to help replace lost or misplaced hardware 6 ModuMs ✓ f\ f I Same,Model Name PWRcell OR MB DCB_.. Note:Nolen aadlp dube.W au all oduM wlMln /\ /l. '' onlMiNdual[abMN eolMe sam defype R.a.,EXor DCB). SHEET NAME rnxin,c.N,,.t .0 nm'Sw,:n a....v.°uu. .M Sr" .. Generec Power Systems,Inc. SPEC,SHEET r 545 W 29290 Hwy.59.Waukesha,WI 53189 - -' 4)2021A0000Gene5[Power Systems.AAl rights 3 reserved. GENE RAC" SHE S ZE ANSI B t;u a Specifications are subject to change without notice. 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-13 (2) SURF CLEAN FNFRGY SURF CLEAN GY FLASHLOCTM DUO .:'UNI RAC t FLASHLOV DUO s:UNIRAC HI 622751RK11ITHTROWN �� BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 608 THE MOST VERSATILE DIRECT TO DECK ATTACHMENT BETTER SOLAR STARTS HERE INSTALLATION GUIDE BETTER SOLAR STARTS HERE PH- learie ergy tomb su rtclea n energy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY.UNIRAC INC PRE-INSTALL:CLEAN SURFACE AND MARK LOCATION REVIEWED BY:SWAPNIL FLASHLOCTm DUO Is the most versatile direct to deck and rafter attachment for composition shingle and rolled VERSION comproofs.The all-in-one mount installs fast—no kneeling on hat roofs to install flashing,no prying or cutting Ensure existing ra roof structure is capable of supporting the roof attachment point loads DEBCR P10N DATE g �, P g stated In the racking system engineering specifications.Clean roof surface of dirt,debris, shingles,no pulling nails.Simply drive the required number of screws to secure the mount and inject sealant snow and Ice. 07W�� mvnm into the base.FLASHLOC's patented TRIPLE SEAL technology preserves the roof and protects the penetration snap chalk lines for attachment rows.On shingle roofs,snap lines 1/4'below upslope edge with a permanent pressure seal.Kitted with two rafter screws of s h ingle coarse.This line will 6e used to align the upper edge of the mount.sealant and hardware for maximum convenience NOTE:Space mounts per racking system installation specifications. n7w,,k St,e,�nm,NY 11M (deck screws sold separately).Don't just divert water,LOC it outl Lice 0035M STEP ONE:SECURE ytEVIED ARC ATTACHING TO A RAFTER:Place FLASHLOC DUO over rafter location with sealant port on ��,� P°erFY r�0 up-slope side and align upper edge of mount with horizontal chalk line.Secure mount with the two(2)provided rafter screws.BACKFILL ALL PILOT HOLES WITH SEALANT. ATTACHING TO SHEATHING:Place FLASHLOC DUO over desired location with sealant port on Nv J o+ ?r up-slope side and align upper edge of mount with horizontal chalk line.Secure mount with the T�OPINE two(2)provided rafter screws.Next,secure mount with four(4)deck screws by drilling through the FLASHLOC DUO deck mount hole locations.Unfree recommends using a drill as opposed to an impact gun to prevent over-tightening or stripping roof sheathing, IMPORTANT:SECURELY ATTACH MOUNT BUT DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN SCREWS. PROJECT NAME STEP TWO:SEAL Insert tip of UNIRAC approved sealant Into port and inject until sealant exits vent.Follow sealant manufacturer's Instructions.Follow sealant manufacturer's cold weather application o p guidelines,If applicable. O Z U) o 0oD O IL NOTE:When FLASHLOC DUO is installed over gap between shingle tabs or vertical joints,fill gap/joint with Q p Z) o F sealant between mount and upsbpe edge of shingle course. N rn v Q O i CUT SHINGLES AS REQUIRED:DO NOT INSTALL THE FLASHLOC SLIDER ACCROSS THICKNESS O U) O o Z VARIATIONS GREATER THAN 1/8"SUCH AS THOSE FOUND IN HIGH DEFINITION SHINGLES. ZO Y oM LL F_ NOTE:If an exploratory hole falls outside of the area covered by the sealant,flash hole accordingly. Q Y F 0 o NOTE:Read and comply with the Flashloc Duo Design&Engineering Guide prior to design and 0 U o installation of the system. O <F CDft&oO aianzrvN+, cmawwvRw . USE ONLY UNIRAC APPROVED SEALANTS,PLEASE CONTACT UNI RAC FOR FULL LIST OF COMPATIBLE F— o 2 Z Q 4b .=PROTECT THE ROOF LOC OUT WATER HIGH-SPEED INSTALL SEALANTS. Q Q Install a high strengthwaterproof attachment Withan outor shleidBcientour-confotmuggaskot Simply drive The tea red number of screws and inject without lifting,prying or damaging shingles. Band pressurized souantchamber®tho Triple Seal sealant into the port to create a permanent pressure Continue array installation.Refer to SOLARMOUNT or NXT HORIZON Installation Guide for the remaining technology delivers a 100%waterproof connection. seal. System Installation. amenalfusraDClNa_u, SHEET NAME SPEC SHEET FASTER INSTALLATION. 1 WARRANTY. FASTER INSTALLATION. 1 WARRANTY. SHEET SIZE ANSI B QUESI IONSQUESTIONS OR CUSTOMERf 11 X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-14 SURF CLEAN FN-GY PART TABLE P/N DESCRIPTION SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI.62275,111 SMITHTOWN 004275M FLASHLOC DUO MILL,20 PACK BUD T• & BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW 004275D FLASHLOC DUO DARK,20 PACK NUT 3/8-xlx1- YORK11788 SS PH-6314662608 - tomaeurtUeanenergy.Dom ►M BET CREATED BY:umw=IRC REVEWED BY:BWAPRB VERSION #12.14 SCREW,HWH,SS,SELF-DR DMRIPTIO DATE O o W/#12 EPDM WASHER aIJ»vBRArr oTiDTrmn RBVIBIOB p Ddtreuz REvuIDR O mloalm O SS SERRATED W St,Bm.ldy a,N n eTWw. Ii 0035,NYttaz FLANGE NUT I �OBDE°B ® �I . 9,1EFE0 A�Cy � 41d Pet 9/�F � ® OPNEN4 FLASHLOC DTD MILL OR DARK PROJECT NAME O 0 O 0Q o J Q ?o Q o � 0 Z 0 EFUNIRAC - Z $ LL U) O Y cn O -s= Q j J _. o L) 0 Q H o a 46 ~ coQ Q PRODUCT LINE: SOLARMOUNT DRAWING NOT TO SCALE SHEET NAME ii'U N I RAC ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SPEC SHEET 14118ROADWAY BLVD,NE DRAWING TYPE: ASSEMBLY DETAIL NOMINAL Q J ALBUQUERQUE,NM 87102 USA DESCRIPTION: FLASHLOC DUO KIT PRODUCT PROTECTED BY �- ANSI B PHONE:505.242.6411 ONE OR MORE US PATENTS WWW.UNIRAC.COM REVISION DATE: 4/29/2021 LEGAL NOTICE SHEET 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-15 SURF CLEAN FNFP— SURF CLEAN ENERGY H462275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW YORK11788 PH-6314662608 tom(Msurfdeanenergy.Com PUN BET CREATED BY:UNPUC INC MEMD BY:MW NE VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE BLDQPERWT DrrIIl(fD?2 RAIL STRONGHOLD ATTACHMENT KIT „rJMM , ,�,, SEE PAGE NH-POI SEE PAGE NH-A04 NS WIRE MGMT CLIP SEE PAGE NH-A07 REM M wl" Th—f.PN.n.n e7 W.a a,gym.W 11222 UORR.B 035290 MLPE&LUG CLAMP ��i toftEDgRcy� SEE PAGE NH-A06 rFOFNE'H y0 r i PROJECT NAME ZZ U) 00 O g cv to $ Q Zvi' cn rn $ Z N ° p Y g LL O O V~ o O Q RAIL SPLICE WIRE MGMT CLIP c Q46 ~ SEE PAGE NH-P02 RAIL&CLAMP CAP KIT SEE PAGE NH-A08 Z = COMBO CLAMP SEE PAGE NH-A09 Q SEE PAGE NH-A03 PRODUCT LINE: NXT HORIZON DRAWING NOT TO SCALE PRODUCT LINE: NXT HORIZON DRAWING NOT TO SCALE SHEET NAME ii U N I RAC ALL DIMENSIONS ARE p :::U N I RAC ALL DIMENSIONS ARE C DRAWING TYPE: PART&ASSEMBLY NOMINAL Q DRAWING TYPE: PART&ASSEMBLY NOMINAL Q SPEC SHEET 1411 BROADWAY BLVD.NE = 1411 BROADWAY BLVD,NE _ ALBUQUERQUE,NM 87102 USA DESCRIPTION: MODULE ASSEMBLY PRODUCT PROTECTED BY Z ALBUQUERQUE,NM V102 USA DESCRIPTION: MODULE ASSEMBLY PRODUCT PROTECTED BY ZSHEETSIZE PHONE:505.242.6411 ONE OR MORE US PATENTS PHONE:505.242.6411 ONE OR MORE US PATENTS ANSI B WWW.UNIRAC.COM REVISION DATE: 9/30/2021 LEGAL NOTICE SHEET WWW.UNIRAC.COM REVISION DATE: 9/30/2021 LEGAL NOTICE SHEET 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-16 SURF CLEAN PART#TABLE SURF CLEAN ENERGY 2275,111 t P/N DESCRIPTION BYPASS, AUPPAUGE,EW CCLAMPM1 NXT HORIZON COMBO CLAMP-MILL YORK11788 PH-6314662608 CCLAMPDI NXT HORIZON COMBO CLAMP-DARK _ tom(gsur(Geanenergy.com PUN BET CREATED BY:ONIRAC INC REVIEWED BY BWAPNIL Bp6gS= VERSION Sn ] • � DESCRIPTION DATE BLDO.PEIEMT 07M72022 REVIBION Q MI-22 '�� ll�n nEwalon Q o&t02022 Thomas 1.Petarcen 67 West St.S—Wyn,NY 11222 Lice—0 035290 7ItlIfJf1 F Pe StiRED ARC ..'mac-Oft FOFNEHy tY2s PROJECT NAME 30MM TO 40MM = MODULE FRAME O � ZZ U) CO O Cc) S U —_ Q Z N o H r----------y �n f O Q g °' o Z o r-- -------1 it li o U O II � �� o � 3 I' o o o L. ~ C) < z ===-- ---- a x - -- a a u U N I RAC PRODUCT LINE: NXT HORIZON rALWLDIMENSIONS NOT TO SCALE o ... ARESHEET NAME DRAWING TYPE: PART&ASSEMBLYOMINAL Q 1411 BROADWAY BLVD.NE = SPEC SHEET ALBUQUERQUE,NM 87102 USA DESCRIPTION: COMBO CLAMP PRODUCT PROTECTED BY Z PHONE:505.242.6411 ONE OR MORE US PATENTS SHEET SIZE WWW.UNIRAC,COM REVISION DATE: 9/30/2021 LEGAL NOTICE SHEET ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-17 SURF CLEAN FWRGY SURF CLEAN ENERGY PART#TABLE PART#TABLE HI.62275,111 SMITHTOWN P/N DESCRIPTION P/N DESCRIPTION BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE.NEW YORK11788 SHCLMPMl STRONGHOLD RAIL CLAMP MILL LUGMLPEl I NXT HORIZON MLPE&LUG CLAMP PH-6314662608 tomasurfUeanenergy.com SHCLMPDl STRONGHOLD RAIL CLAMP DRK PLAN BET CREATED BY:BNVW INC REVIEWED BY:BWAPNIL VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE .__--- BIDQJMRMT 07107r2= I... — REvrBLDN p os,' 3 - REVMION p OB10/AD2 Thomasf.0 5 9D 67 W"St Broogyn,NY 11222 U.—B 082BD 13/' ylERED A qC L F nA, 61 z r O -emu° _ _ N7�OPNEwy�r 2" Awl � � PROJECT NAME 5/16"-18 x 1" SERRATED FLANGE HIX SCREW co 5I16"-18 x 2" Z Z N DO O SERRATED FLANGE HIX SCREW RL/n" d Z � O Q clj ls�s O g Z 0 H Z oo LL _.._ co O heV J O l\—=-- o U~ = O -- -- --- 2' H oQ Z PRODUCT LINE: NXT HORIZON DRAWING NOT TO SCALE PRODUCT LINE: NXT HORIZON DRAWING NOT TO SCALE 118 U N I RAC ALL DIMENSIONS ARE p HF U N I RAC ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CO SHEET NAME DRAWING TYPE: PARTS ASSEMBLY NOMINAL Q DRAWING TYPE: PARTS ASSEMBLY NOMINAL Q 1411 BROADWAY BLVD.NE STRONGHOLD RAIL = 1411 BROADWAY BLVD.NE = SPEC SHEET ALBUQUERQUE,NM 81102 USA DESCRIPTION: CLAMP PRODUCT PROTECTED BY Z ALBUQUERQUE,NM 87102 USA DESCRIPTION: MLPE&LUG CLAMP PRODUCT PROTECTED BY Z PHONE:505.242.6411 ONE OR MORE US PATENTS PHONE:505,242.6411 ONE OR MORE US PATENTS WWW.UNIRAC.COM REVISION DATE: 9/22/2021 LEGAL NOTICE SHEET WWW.UNIRA000M REVISION DATE: 9/22/2021 LEGAL NOTICE SHEET ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-18 ILI SURF CLEAN FNFRGV COMBO CLAMP INSTALLATION , SURF ENERGY HI-82275,111 SMITHTOITHTOWN men YORK BYPASS �788 E.NEW ■e, INSTALLATION GUIDE ; PAGE Ion,(Ms,Fki'B .C«n _______________________________________________________________________ PUN SET CREATED BY:UNIRAC INC REVIEWED BY:SWIIPNIL © © VERSION DESCRIP DATE BLD0.PERMT 0]NT/1p22 REVISIDN Q WI O DN pW]2022 RENOIM --------------- vrw bl.Br I.P.%87 NY 1/222 U-IF 035290 — tEaeo aPc 1'min INSTALL COMBO(END)CLAMPS: INSERT COMBO CLAMP: INSTALL END MODULE:Position first module onto rails �OF NENy Install Combo Clamps starting at the aligned end of Insert Combo Clamp from one side of and engage module frame with end clamps.Hold clamp rails. the rail nut into the rail and click in in place against module while tightening bolt. - � the other side.Ensure that the rail nut profile is seated in the rail profile. TORQUE VALUE:15 ft-lbs. PROJECT NAME Note:Ensure a minimum distance of 1"from the end of the module to end of rail. o 0 // ¢ u G= ~ U Z S Q U g — C) z O -- —- --------- i (0AYB O I - / Q -U -� Ov— o O F- F- o� Z INSTALL COMBO(MID)CLAMPS: PLACE ADJACENT MODULE AGAINST INSTALL REMAINING MODULES: Clamp assemblies may be positioned in rail near CLAMPS:Modules must be tight against Proceed with module installation. Engage each clamp SHEET NAME point of use prior to module placement. clamps with no gaps. Tighten bolt to with previously positioned module. SPEC SHEET required torque. Note:The clamps may be installed above splice SHEET SIZE locations. TORQUE VALUE:15 ft-Lbs. ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-19 SURF CLEAN ■■ ; APPENDIX ; NE SURF CLEAN ENERGY ■■. 1 1 BYPASS,HAUPPAIUGE.W BONDING CONNECTION GROUND PATHS : PAGE PH63K�8 tom@surfeleananergy.com PLAN SET CREATED BY:UNBtAC INC REWEWED BY:SWIW LL VERSION _ MODULE DESCftIPTICN DATE NM /� AME RAIL e1m.PDNs1T 07R7lM22 REVISgN 0 IxVtY1@2RENBpN m DWlC Th—r.Pat♦nen67 W"SL Br-Wn.NY 11222 U.—S 0352BD ® deSF o WOE hd BO'di ._ lrF�riN P BONDING COMBO MID-END CLAMP ASSEMBLY BONDING RAIL SPLICE BONDING BETWEEN THERMAL BREAKS Q Aluminum combo mid-end clamp cap with stainless steel bonding pins that pierce Q Bonding Hardware creates bond between Splice Q Lug is connected at the end of each 9rFOFNEv+.4 module frame anodization to bond module to module through clamp bar and each rail section thermal break to the rail Q Stainless steel bolt bonds aluminum clamp to stainless steel Hex bolt Q Aluminum splice bar spans across rail gap to © Solid copper wire is connected across the TQrJA� create rail to rail bond.Rail on at least one side gap to bond the two ends PROJECT NAME ©Aluminum combo mid-end clamp rail nut with stainless steel bonding pins that of splice will be grounded. pierce rail anodization to bond module to module through clamp NOTE:See page I for installation detail NOTE:See page D for installation details NOTE:See page M for installation details Splice certified for single-use only O Sp�� O � ZZ la 000 O CIJ _``�O` � k7q�P 0 Z rn g Z O SO US BONDING F © O Z OO } GROUND LL PLATE / © fn V J O / O U~ o BONDING MICROINVERTER MOUNT RACK SYSTEM GROUND ALTERNATE ROW-TO-ROW BONDING PATHS Q Stainless steel Tooth lock washer beneath the MLPE © Tabs on the stainless-steel washer pierce © Row-to-row module bonding is accomplished with SHEET NAME flange remove anodization on the MLPE and bonds. anodization on the rail to bond rail to ground wire. bonding clamp with 2 integral bonding pins. SPEC SHEET Q Tabs on the stainless-steel washer penetrate © Solid copper wire connected to Lug is routed to © Alternate method by connecting clips on either SHEET SIZE anodization on the rail and bonds. provide final system ground connection. module to complete the bonding path. ANSI B NOTE:See page K for installation details NOTE:See page I for installation details and alternate racking system grounding methods. NOTE:See page J for installation details 11 u X 17" Row-to-row module bonding certified for single-use only SHEET NUMBER PV-20 SURF CLEAN t!vrar.v wall ° SURF CLEAN ENERGY APPENDIX ; ■ H"2275,1111 SMITHTOWN men1 SYSTEM CERTIFICATION 1 BYFASS.YORKI HAUPP788 NEW .■ 1 HORIZON 1 PAGE tomeauddea4neroy.wm -----_----__---__-----------___________________________________----------------------------------------------------------------------- PUN SU CRUTED BY:UNNUC WC The NXT Horizon system has been certified and listed to the UL 2703 standard(Rack Mounting Systems and Clamping Devices for Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules RrMftoaY:EwEPNu VERSION and Panels).This standard included electrical grounding,electrical bonding,mechanical load and fire resistance testing. DESCRIPTION DATE BLOBPER w DTroTr SYSTEM LEVEL FIRE CLASSIFICATION REvnwN p ONIJROZ3 The system fire class rating requires installation in the manner specified in the NXT HORIZON Installation Guide.NXT HORIZON has been classified to the system level -REWIM-= Da+Drmn fire portion of UL 2703.NXT HORIZON has achieved system level performance for steep sloped roofs.System level fire performance is inherent in the NXT HORIZON Thom..r.P� design,and no additional mitigation measures are re uired.The fire classification rating is only valid on roof Itches greater than 2:12(slopes>2 inches per foot,or 87N"U .. N417� 9 9 q 9 Y P� 9 ( P 9.5 degrees).The system is to be mounted over fire resistant roof covering rated for the application.There is no required minimum or maximum height limitation above PAD the roof deck to maintain the system fire rating for NXT HORIZON.Approved Module Types &System Level Fire Ratings are listed below: cJetc F P Module Type System Level Fire Rating Rail Direction Module ` Orientation Type 1,2,3,10,19,22,and 25 Class A,Class B&Class C Parallel OR Perpendicular to Ridge Landscape OR Portrait yrFOFNEw yO? MECHANICAL LOAD TEST MODULES PROJECT NAME The modules selected for UL 2703 mechanical load testing were selected to represent the broadest range possible for modules on the market.The tests performed covers module frame thicknesses greater than or equal to 1.0 mm,single and double wall frame profiles(some complex frame profiles could require further analysis to determine applicability),and clear and dark anodized aluminum frames. o 0 OQ $ Tested Module Certification Desist load Ratings Tested loads Tested Module Area z o j o i Q o � SunPower SPR-A440-COM U L2703 Down:113.7 psf,Up:50.7 psf,Slope:15.6 psf Down:170.6 psf,Up:76 psf,Slope:23.4 psf 21.86 sq ft g LO $ Q =O Jinko 1KMxxxM-72HL4-V UL2703 and IEC Down:50.1 psf,Up;22.2 psf Slope;8 psf Down:75.2 psf,Up:33.3 psf,Slope.12 pst 27.76 scl ft 0 _ g Z CO fn O Y g 0 Q uJ 5 0 F- O UL2703 CERTIFICATION MARKING LABEL: I.- O Q Unirac NXT HORIZON is Listed to UL 2703.Certification marking is embossed on UNIRAC a -' all Combo Clamps as shown. Labels with additional certification information Q are provided with clamps and must be applied to the NXT Horizon Rail at the edge of the array. lC Note:This racking system may be used to ground and/or mount a PV module C US SHEET NAME complying with UL1703/UL61730 only when the specific module has been SPEC SHEET evaluated for grounding and/or mounting in compliance with the included 266909 instructions. SHEET§rZr- ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-21 SURF CLEAN SURF CLEAN ENERGY HI-62275,111 SMITHTOWN BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW CSA CSA YORK11788 s CIP GROUP'" GROUP" PH-6314662608 tom(Msuddeanenergy.eom PW SET CRFAM BY:0alRAC lac Certificate:70131735 Master Contract:266909 IINVENED BY:SWMaa Certificate of Compliance Project: Date lamed 2021-07-14 VERSION DESCRIPTION DATE BIDO.PERSar 1 07N7/2= Certificate: 70131735 Master Contract: 266909 Ravwoa 0611a2ox2 The system listed is designed to provide hondmg/groundi ng,and mechanical stability for photovoltaic modules. IREVISION 0a1012= Project: 80090260 Date Issued: 2021-07-14 The system is secured to the roof with the L-Foot components through the roofing material to building structure. Modules are secured to the racking system with stainless steel or aluminum mid clamps and Aluminum end Trn r.Patanen 87 W"SA,ftogyn,NY 11222 Issued To: Unirac clamps.The modules are bonded to the racking system with the stainless-steel bonding mid clamps with piercing IJ-s 035280 1411 Broadway NE points.The system is grounded with 10 AWG copper wire to bonding/grounding lugs.Fire ratings of Class A Albuquerque,New Mexico,87102 with Type I,2,3,10,19,22 or 25 for steep slope.Tested at 5"interstitial gap which allows installation at any y1E O�C United States stand-off height. rPelF4y�� z ' Attention:Maus Nicolaedis The grounding of the system is intended to comply with the latest edition of the Na[bnal Electrical Code,to � include NEC 250&690.Local codes compliance is required,in addition to national codes.All a The duets listed below are eligible to bear the CSA Mark shown with grounding/bonding connections are to be torqued in with the Installation Manual and the settings used products P g during the certification testing for the current edition of the project report. FOp NEyiy adjacent indicators'C'and'US'for Canada and US or with adjacent indicator'US'for US only or without either indicator for Canada only. The system may employ optim zers/m cro-unveners and used for grounding when installed per installation instructions. UL 2703 Mechanical Load ratings: PROJECT NAME Issued by: Downward Design Load(lb/ft=) 113.5 Mclael HD11r1egle Upward Design Load(lb/W) 50.7 ® Down-Sknpe Load(INft') 16.13 Uy Q O C US Test Loads: Q 10 = Downward Load(lb/ft') 170.20 g rn aga Q Q Upward Load(ib/ft') 76.07 0 U) Op Z Down-Slope Load(lb/ft') 24.2 W O Z Y MO O PRODUCTS Q to L) CLASS-C531302-POWER SUPPLIES-PHOTOVOLTAICS-PV Racking 2 U H $ ~ CLASS-C531382-POWER SUPPLIES-PHOTOVOLTAICS PV Racking and clamping system s-Ccrtifaxf Unirac Large Array O Q r O O to US Standards I = r ULA is a ground mount system using the SolarMount(SM)platform for the bonding and grounding of PV F— O Z modules.ULA aluminum components merge with SM rails and installer-supplied steel pipe. The SM rail system t0 lL Q Models: SM SOLARMOIINT Flush-to-Roof is an extruded aluminum rail PV is secured to the horizontal Pile using the Rail Bracket components.The Rear and Front cap secures the Q racking system that is installed parallel to the roof in landscape or horizontal Pipe to the vertical Pipe.The Front cap is also used to secure the Cross brace.A Slider is attached to portrait orientations. the vertical Pipe to secure the Cross brace.The SM rails,caps,slider,rail brackets,and cross braces materials are ULA Unirac Large Array is a ground vaunt system using the 6105-T5 aluminum extrusion.Fasteners materials are 304 stainless steel. Horizontal and vertical pipe materials SHEET NAME SolarMount(SM)platform for the bonding and grounding of meet the minimum requirements of ASTM A53 for galvanized steel pipe in 2"and 3"diameter. PV modules. The mechanical bad ratings from the SM test data will be applied to the ULA model. SPEC SHEET Solarmount Fire Testing is not applicable due to being a ground mount system. SHEETSIZF ANSI B 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-22 fir SURF CLEAN rm=«cv S SURF CLEAN ENERGY g H1-62275,111 SMITHTOWN �® BYPASS,HAUPPAUGE,NEW ka YORK11788788 PH.6314662608 4IVk�L�t.1. tomQsurfdeanenergy.com Puut SET CREATED ttr:uxnAC aw November 3,2021 Components and Cladding Roof Zones: REVIEWED BY:swAPNa The Components and Cladding Roof Zones shall be determined based on ASCE 7-10&7-16 Component and VERSION Unirac Cladding design. DESCRIPTION DATE 1411 Broadway Blvd.NE REooreRsrt °T'� Albuquerque,NM 87102 Notes: Revtalorl 05113,2022 Ev 2)Risk Category II per ASCE 7—unless otherwise specified. RNWN wl" Attn.:Unirac-Engineering Department 3)Topographic factor,krt is 1.0—unless otherwise specified. 71rmu.I.PNwEEn 4)Array Edge Factor YE=1.5 e7 ywa St,Smol",NY t 1222 Re:Engineering Certification for the Unirac NXT Horizon System U-builder Software 5)Average parapet height is 0.0 ft. U—ams2so 6)Wind speeds are LRFD values. PZSE,Inc.-Structural Engineers has reviewed the NXT Horizon System,a proprietary mounting system 6,tEttEO ARC constructed from modular parts which is Intended for rooftop installation of solar photovoltaic(PV)panels; 7)Attachment spacing(s)apply to a seismic design category E or less. qp PerFp�j and the Unirac NXT U-builder Online tool.All Information,data and analysis contained within are based on, Design Responsibility: _ and comply with the following codes and typical specifications: The U-Builder design software is intended to be used under the responsible charge of a registered design a _ 1. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures,ASCE/SEI 7-05,ASCE/SEI 7-10,ASCE/SEI 7- professional where required by the authority having jurisdiction.In all cases,this U-builder software should yf z C~Oft 16 be used under the direction of a design professional with sufficient structural engineering knowledge and `eOF NE'Hr 2. 2006-2018 International Building Code,by International Code Council,Inc.w/Provisions from SEAOC experience to be able to: 017.u Building Code of New York State,by International Code Council,Inc. Evaluate whether the U-Builder Software is applicable to the project,and 3. 2020 8 Understand and determine the appropriate values for all input parameters of the U-Builder 4. 2006-2018 International Residential Code,by International Code Council,Inc.w/Provisions from SEAOC PV-2 2017. software. PROJECT NAME S. AC428,Acceptance Criteria for Modular Framing Systems Used to Support Photovoltaic(PV)Panels, November 1,2012 by ICC-ES. This letter certifies that the Unirac NXT Horizon system,when installed according to the U-Builder 6. Aluminum Design Manual 2010&2015 Editlan(s),by the Aluminum Association. engineering report and the manufacture specifications,Is In compliance with the above codes and loading criteria. 00 Cl O J This certification excludes evaluation of the following components: Z(n do 0 Following are typical specifications to meet the above code requirements: Z o=) O 1) The structure to support the loads Imposed on the building by the array;including,but not limited Q O Design Criteria: Ground Snow Load=0-100(psf) to:strength and deflection of structural framing members,fastening and/or strength of roofing V U) p Q D Bask Wind Speed=90-190(mph) materials,and/or the effects of snow accumulation on the structure. Q 00 Z 0 Roof Mean Height=0-60(k) 2) The capacity of the solar module frame to resist the loads. oo Roof Pitch=0-45(degrees) ZIL U) 0 Y UM O Exposure Category=8,C&D This requires additional knowledge of the building and Is outside the scope of the certification of this racking Q w U : J_ 7 Cantilever: Maximum Cantilever length Is L/3,where"L"Is the span noted in the U- system. U(_ 00 f.. SS Builder online tool. OF NEK. O Q O 0 If you have any questions on the above,do not hesitate to call. Y = -5 Clearance: 2"to 10"clear from top of roof to top of PV panel. COK zgcywPO'P� 0 Q Z Prepared by: • * tp d = Installation Orientation: See NXT Horizon Installation Guide. PZSE,Inc.—Structural Engineers — Q Q Landscape-PV Panel long dimension Is parallel to the rail. Roseville,CA Portrait-PV Panel short dimension is parallel to the rail ap= �136�' �OFESQVdl SHEET NAME SPEC SHEET SHEET SIZE 1478 Stone Point Drive,Suite 190, Roseville,CA 95661 1478 Stone Point Drive,Suite 190, Roseville,CA 95661 ANSI B 916.961.3960 916.961.3965 :i www.pzse.com tat 916.961.3960 I 916.961.3965 -< w .pzse.com 2a2 11"X 17" SHEET NUMBER PV-23